MIPS: Add CRC ASE support
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
219d1afa 2@c Copyright (C) 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132
RH
3@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
4@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
5@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
6@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
7@c in config/tc-*.c
8@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 9@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
10@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
11@c %**start of header
12@setfilename as.info
13@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
14@macro gcctabopt{body}
15@code{\body\}
16@end macro
252b5132
RH
17@c defaults, config file may override:
18@set have-stabs
19@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
20@c man begin NAME
21@c ---
252b5132 22@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 23@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 24@c ---
0285c67d 25@c man end
4a4c4a1d 26@c ---
252b5132 27@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
28@ifset COFF
29@set COFF-ELF
30@end ifset
31@ifset ELF
32@set COFF-ELF
33@end ifset
252b5132 34@ifset AOUT
a8eb42a8 35@set aout
252b5132
RH
36@end ifset
37@ifset ARM/Thumb
38@set ARM
39@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
40@ifset Blackfin
41@set Blackfin
42@end ifset
252b5132
RH
43@ifset H8/300
44@set H8
45@end ifset
252b5132
RH
46@ifset SH
47@set H8
48@end ifset
49@ifset HPPA
50@set abnormal-separator
51@end ifset
52@c ------------
53@ifset GENERIC
54@settitle Using @value{AS}
55@end ifset
56@ifclear GENERIC
57@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
58@end ifclear
59@setchapternewpage odd
60@c %**end of header
61
62@c @smallbook
63@c @set SMALL
64@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
65@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
66@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
67@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 68@c
252b5132
RH
69@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
70@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
71@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
72@c break.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
75@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
76@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
77@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 78@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
79@ifinfo
80@set SMALL
81@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
82@c might as well show 'em anyways.
83@end ifinfo
84
9160ea82
AM
85@ifnottex
86@dircategory Software development
87@direntry
252b5132 88* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 89* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
90@end direntry
91@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
92
93@finalout
94@syncodeindex ky cp
95
0e9517a9 96@copying
252b5132
RH
97This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
98
0285c67d 99@c man begin COPYRIGHT
219d1afa 100Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 101
0285c67d 102Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 103under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
104or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
105with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
106Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 107section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
108
109@c man end
0e9517a9 110@end copying
252b5132
RH
111
112@titlepage
113@title Using @value{AS}
114@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
115@ifclear GENERIC
116@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
117@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
118@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
119@sp 1
120@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
121@end ifset
252b5132
RH
122@sp 1
123@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
124@sp 1
125@sp 13
b45619c0 126The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 127Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 128first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
129The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
130distracting the boss while they got some work
131done.
132@sp 3
133@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
134@page
135@tex
136{\parskip=0pt
137\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
138\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
139}
140%"boxit" macro for figures:
141%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
142\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
143 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
144#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
145\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
146@end tex
147
148@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
219d1afa 149Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 150
cf055d54 151 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 152 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
153 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
154 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
155 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 156 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 157
252b5132 158@end titlepage
4ecceb71 159@contents
252b5132 160
2e64b665 161@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
162@node Top
163@top Using @value{AS}
164
e49e529d
JM
165This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
166@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
167@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
168@end ifset
169version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 170@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 171This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
172code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
173@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
174
175This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
176Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 177section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 178
252b5132
RH
179@menu
180* Overview:: Overview
181* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
182* Syntax:: Syntax
183* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
184* Symbols:: Symbols
185* Expressions:: Expressions
186* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
187@ifset ELF
188* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
189@end ifset
252b5132
RH
190* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
191* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
192* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 193* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 194* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 195@end menu
2e64b665 196@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
197
198@node Overview
199@chapter Overview
200@iftex
a4fb0134 201This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 202@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 203This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
204code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
205@end ifclear
206@end iftex
207
208@cindex invocation summary
209@cindex option summary
210@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 211Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 212see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 213
0285c67d
NC
214@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
215
a4fb0134 216@ignore
0285c67d
NC
217@c man begin SEEALSO
218gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
219@c man end
a4fb0134 220@end ignore
0285c67d 221
252b5132
RH
222@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
223@c to be limited to one line for the header.
224@smallexample
0285c67d 225@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 226@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 227 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 228 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565 229 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
b40bf0a2
NC
230 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--gdwarf-sections}]
231 [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
4bdd3565
NC
232 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
233 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
d60646b9 234 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}]
2edb36e7 235 [@b{--no-pad-sections}]
d60646b9
NC
236 [@b{-o} @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}]
237 [@b{--hash-size}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}]
238 [@b{--statistics}]
239 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}]
240 [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}] [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}]
241 [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
451133ce 242 [@b{--sectname-subst}] [@b{--size-check=[error|warning]}]
b8871f35 243 [@b{--elf-stt-common=[no|yes]}]
0df8ad28 244 [@b{--generate-missing-build-notes=[no|yes]}]
a0b7da79
MM
245 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
246 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134 247@c
6387924a 248@c man end
a4fb0134 249@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 250@c Add an empty line for separation.
6387924a 251@c man begin TARGET
a06ea964
NC
252@ifset AARCH64
253
254@emph{Target AArch64 options:}
255 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
69091a2c 256 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
a06ea964 257@end ifset
625e1353
RH
258@ifset ALPHA
259
260@emph{Target Alpha options:}
261 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
262 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 263 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
264 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
265 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
266@end ifset
252b5132 267@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
268
269@emph{Target ARC options:}
886a2506
NC
270 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
271 [@b{-mA6}|@b{-mARC600}|@b{-mARC601}|@b{-mA7}|@b{-mARC700}|@b{-mEM}|@b{-mHS}]
272 [@b{-mcode-density}]
4670103e 273 [@b{-mrelax}]
a4fb0134 274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
275@end ifset
276@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
277
278@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 279@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
280 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
281 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
282 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
283 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 284 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 285 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
286 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
287 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
288 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 289 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 290@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
291@ifset Blackfin
292
293@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
294 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
295 [@b{-mfdpic}]
296 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
297 [@b{-mnopic}]
298@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
299@ifset CRIS
300
301@emph{Target CRIS options:}
302 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
303 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
304 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 305 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
306@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
307@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
308@end ifset
252b5132 309@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
310
311@emph{Target D10V options:}
312 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
313@end ifset
314@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
315
316@emph{Target D30V options:}
317 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132 318@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
319@ifset EPIPHANY
320
321@emph{Target EPIPHANY options:}
322 [@b{-mepiphany}|@b{-mepiphany16}]
323@end ifset
252b5132 324@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
325
326@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
327 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
328@end ifset
329@ifset HPPA
330@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
331@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
332@ifset I80386
333
334@emph{Target i386 options:}
542385d9 335 [@b{--32}|@b{--x32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 336 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132 337@end ifset
587fe2b3 338@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 339
9e32ca89
NC
340@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
341 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
342 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
343 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 344 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 345 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 346 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
347 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
348@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
349@ifset IP2K
350
351@emph{Target IP2K options:}
352 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
353@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
354@ifset M32C
355
356@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 357 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 358@end ifset
587fe2b3 359@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 360
a4fb0134
SC
361@emph{Target M32R options:}
362 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 363 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 364@end ifset
252b5132 365@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
366
367@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
368 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 369@end ifset
60bcf0fa 370@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
371
372@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
6927f982 373 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}|@b{-mm9s12x}|@b{-mm9s12xg}]
2f904664
SC
374 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
375 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 376 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
377 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
378 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
379@end ifset
380@ifset MCORE
381
382@emph{Target MCORE options:}
383 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
384 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 385@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
386@ifset METAG
387
388@emph{Target Meta options:}
389 [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mfpu=@var{cpu}}] [@b{-mdsp=@var{cpu}}]
390@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
391@ifset MICROBLAZE
392@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
393@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
394@end ifset
252b5132 395@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
396
397@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 398 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 399 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 400 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5 401 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
351cdf24
MF
402 [@b{-mfp64}] [@b{-mgp64}] [@b{-mfpxx}]
403 [@b{-modd-spreg}] [@b{-mno-odd-spreg}]
437ee9d5 404 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 405 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
7361da2c
AB
406 [@b{-mips32r3}] [@b{-mips32r5}] [@b{-mips32r6}] [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
407 [@b{-mips64r3}] [@b{-mips64r5}] [@b{-mips64r6}]
437ee9d5 408 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
8b10b0b3 409 [@b{-mignore-branch-isa}] [@b{-mno-ignore-branch-isa}]
ba92f887 410 [@b{-mnan=@var{encoding}}]
437ee9d5 411 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 412 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
25499ac7 413 [@b{-mmips16e2}] [@b{-mno-mips16e2}]
df58fc94 414 [@b{-mmicromips}] [@b{-mno-micromips}]
e16bfa71 415 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 416 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 417 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 418 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 419 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
8f4f9071 420 [@b{-mdspr3}] [@b{-mno-dspr3}]
56d438b1 421 [@b{-mmsa}] [@b{-mno-msa}]
7d64c587 422 [@b{-mxpa}] [@b{-mno-xpa}]
ef2e4d86 423 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
dec0624d 424 [@b{-mmcu}] [@b{-mno-mcu}]
730c3174 425 [@b{-mcrc}] [@b{-mno-crc}]
833794fc 426 [@b{-minsn32}] [@b{-mno-insn32}]
2babba43 427 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
a8d14a88 428 [@b{-mfix-rm7000}] [@b{-mno-fix-rm7000}]
2babba43
MR
429 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
430 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 431 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 432 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
433@end ifset
434@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
435
436@emph{Target MMIX options:}
437 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
438 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
439 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 440 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134 441@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
442@ifset NIOSII
443
444@emph{Target Nios II options:}
445 [@b{-relax-all}] [@b{-relax-section}] [@b{-no-relax}]
446 [@b{-EB}] [@b{-EL}]
447@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
448@ifset NDS32
449
450@emph{Target NDS32 options:}
451 [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}] [@b{-Os}] [@b{-mcpu=@var{cpu}}]
452 [@b{-misa=@var{isa}}] [@b{-mabi=@var{abi}}] [@b{-mall-ext}]
453 [@b{-m[no-]16-bit}] [@b{-m[no-]perf-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]perf2-ext}]
454 [@b{-m[no-]string-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]dsp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]mac}] [@b{-m[no-]div}]
455 [@b{-m[no-]audio-isa-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-sp-ext}] [@b{-m[no-]fpu-dp-ext}]
456 [@b{-m[no-]fpu-fma}] [@b{-mfpu-freg=@var{FREG}}] [@b{-mreduced-regs}]
457 [@b{-mfull-regs}] [@b{-m[no-]dx-regs}] [@b{-mpic}] [@b{-mno-relax}]
458 [@b{-mb2bb}]
459@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
460@ifset PDP11
461
462@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
463 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
464 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 465 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
466@end ifset
467@ifset PJ
468
469@emph{Target picoJava options:}
470 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
471@end ifset
472@ifset PPC
473
474@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
b8b738ac
AM
475 [@b{-a32}|@b{-a64}]
476 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|
477 @b{-m440}|@b{-m464}|@b{-m476}|@b{-m7400}|@b{-m7410}|@b{-m7450}|@b{-m7455}|@b{-m750cl}|@b{-mppc64}|
aea77599 478 @b{-m620}|@b{-me500}|@b{-e500x2}|@b{-me500mc}|@b{-me500mc64}|@b{-me5500}|@b{-me6500}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|
b36546d2 479 @b{-mbooke}|@b{-mpower4}|@b{-mpwr4}|@b{-mpower5}|@b{-mpwr5}|@b{-mpwr5x}|@b{-mpower6}|@b{-mpwr6}|
a680de9a 480 @b{-mpower7}|@b{-mpwr7}|@b{-mpower8}|@b{-mpwr8}|@b{-mpower9}|@b{-mpwr9}@b{-ma2}|
74081948 481 @b{-mcell}|@b{-mspe}|@b{-mspe2}|@b{-mtitan}|@b{-me300}|@b{-mcom}]
5817ffd1 482 [@b{-many}] [@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}|@b{-mhtm}|@b{-mvle}]
a4fb0134 483 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
b8b738ac
AM
484 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}|@b{-K PIC}] [@b{-memb}]
485 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-le}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-be}]
a4fb0134 486 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
b8b738ac 487 [@b{-nops=@var{count}}]
a4fb0134 488@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
489@ifset PRU
490
491@emph{Target PRU options:}
492 [@b{-link-relax}]
493 [@b{-mnolink-relax}]
494 [@b{-mno-warn-regname-label}]
495@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
496@ifset RISCV
497
498@emph{Target RISC-V options:}
499 [@b{-fpic}|@b{-fPIC}|@b{-fno-pic}]
500 [@b{-march}=@var{ISA}]
501 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}]
502@end ifset
856ea05c
KP
503@ifset RL78
504
505@emph{Target RL78 options:}
506 [@b{-mg10}]
507 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
508@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
509@ifset RX
510
511@emph{Target RX options:}
512 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
c7927a3c 513 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
708e2187
NC
514 [@b{-muse-conventional-section-names}]
515 [@b{-msmall-data-limit}]
516 [@b{-mpid}]
517 [@b{-mrelax}]
518 [@b{-mint-register=@var{number}}]
519 [@b{-mgcc-abi}|@b{-mrx-abi}]
c7927a3c 520@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
521@ifset S390
522
523@emph{Target s390 options:}
524 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
525 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
526 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
527@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
528@ifset SCORE
529
530@emph{Target SCORE options:}
531 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
532 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
533 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
534 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
535@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
536@ifset SPARC
537
538@emph{Target SPARC options:}
539@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
46a2d504
JM
540 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Aleon}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
541 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av8plusb}|@b{-Av8plusc}|@b{-Av8plusd}
542 @b{-Av8plusv}|@b{-Av8plusm}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}|@b{-Av9b}|@b{-Av9c}
543 @b{-Av9d}|@b{-Av9e}|@b{-Av9v}|@b{-Av9m}|@b{-Asparc}|@b{-Asparcvis}
544 @b{-Asparcvis2}|@b{-Asparcfmaf}|@b{-Asparcima}|@b{-Asparcvis3}
545 @b{-Asparcvisr}|@b{-Asparc5}]
546 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}]|@b{-xarch=v8plusb}|@b{-xarch=v8plusc}
547 @b{-xarch=v8plusd}|@b{-xarch=v8plusv}|@b{-xarch=v8plusm}|@b{-xarch=v9}
548 @b{-xarch=v9a}|@b{-xarch=v9b}|@b{-xarch=v9c}|@b{-xarch=v9d}|@b{-xarch=v9e}
549 @b{-xarch=v9v}|@b{-xarch=v9m}|@b{-xarch=sparc}|@b{-xarch=sparcvis}
550 @b{-xarch=sparcvis2}|@b{-xarch=sparcfmaf}|@b{-xarch=sparcima}
551 @b{-xarch=sparcvis3}|@b{-xarch=sparcvisr}|@b{-xarch=sparc5}
552 @b{-bump}]
a4fb0134 553 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
46a2d504 554 [@b{--enforce-aligned-data}][@b{--dcti-couples-detect}]
a4fb0134
SC
555@end ifset
556@ifset TIC54X
557
558@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 559 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
560 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
561@end ifset
40b36596
JM
562@ifset TIC6X
563
564@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
98d23bef
BS
565 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
566 [@b{-mdsbt}|@b{-mno-dsbt}] [@b{-mpid=no}|@b{-mpid=near}|@b{-mpid=far}]
567 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}]
40b36596 568@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
569@ifset TILEGX
570
571@emph{Target TILE-Gx options:}
fb6cedde 572 [@b{-m32}|@b{-m64}][@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}]
aa137e4d
NC
573@end ifset
574@ifset TILEPRO
575@c TILEPro has no machine-dependent assembler options
576@end ifset
b6605ddd 577@ifset VISIUM
40b36596 578
b6605ddd
EB
579@emph{Target Visium options:}
580 [@b{-mtune=@var{arch}}]
581@end ifset
2d8b84ae
SA
582@ifset XTENSA
583
584@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
b46824bd
MF
585 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]auto-litpools}]
586 [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
2d8b84ae
SA
587 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
588 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
589 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
a82c7d90 590 [@b{--[no-]trampolines}]
2d8b84ae 591@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
592@ifset Z80
593
594@emph{Target Z80 options:}
595 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
596 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
597 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
598 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
599 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
600 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
601 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
602@end ifset
a4fb0134 603@ifset Z8000
b6605ddd 604
a4fb0134 605@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 606@end ifset
e0001a05 607
0285c67d 608@c man end
252b5132
RH
609@end smallexample
610
0285c67d
NC
611@c man begin OPTIONS
612
a4fb0134 613@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 614@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 615
83f10cb2 616@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
617Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
618
a4fb0134 619@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
620@item -ac
621omit false conditionals
622
623@item -ad
624omit debugging directives
625
83f10cb2
NC
626@item -ag
627include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
628
252b5132
RH
629@item -ah
630include high-level source
631
632@item -al
633include assembly
634
635@item -am
636include macro expansions
637
638@item -an
639omit forms processing
640
641@item -as
642include symbols
643
644@item =file
645set the name of the listing file
646@end table
647
648You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
649listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
650the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
651
caa32fe5 652@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
653Begin in alternate macro mode.
654@ifclear man
655@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
656@end ifclear
caa32fe5 657
955974c6 658@item --compress-debug-sections
19a7fe52
L
659Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib with SHF_COMPRESSED from the
660ELF ABI. The resulting object file may not be compatible with older
661linkers and object file utilities. Note if compression would make a
662given section @emph{larger} then it is not compressed.
955974c6 663
151411f8
L
664@ifset ELF
665@cindex @samp{--compress-debug-sections=} option
666@item --compress-debug-sections=none
667@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib
668@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu
669@itemx --compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi
670These options control how DWARF debug sections are compressed.
671@option{--compress-debug-sections=none} is equivalent to
672@option{--nocompress-debug-sections}.
673@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib} and
19a7fe52 674@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gabi} are equivalent to
151411f8 675@option{--compress-debug-sections}.
19a7fe52
L
676@option{--compress-debug-sections=zlib-gnu} compresses DWARF debug
677sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed to begin with
678@samp{.zdebug}. Note if compression would make a given section
679@emph{larger} then it is not compressed nor renamed.
680
151411f8
L
681@end ifset
682
955974c6 683@item --nocompress-debug-sections
e12fe555
NC
684Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is usually the default for all
685targets except the x86/x86_64, but a configure time option can be used to
686override this.
955974c6 687
252b5132
RH
688@item -D
689Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
690other assemblers.
691
3d6b762c
JM
692@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
693When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
694information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
695
252b5132
RH
696@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
697Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
698@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
699indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
700value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
701use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
702
703@item -f
704``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
705compiler output).
706
329e276d
NC
707@item -g
708@itemx --gen-debug
709Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
710debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
711ECOFF or DWARF2.
712
252b5132
RH
713@item --gstabs
714Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
715may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
716
05da4302
NC
717@item --gstabs+
718Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
719extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
720debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
721may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
722the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
723
329e276d 724@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 725Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 726may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 727option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 728
b40bf0a2
NC
729@item --gdwarf-sections
730Instead of creating a .debug_line section, create a series of
731.debug_line.@var{foo} sections where @var{foo} is the name of the
732corresponding code section. For example a code section called @var{.text.func}
733will have its dwarf line number information placed into a section called
734@var{.debug_line.text.func}. If the code section is just called @var{.text}
735then debug line section will still be called just @var{.debug_line} without any
736suffix.
737
b8871f35 738@ifset ELF
21be61f5
L
739@item --size-check=error
740@itemx --size-check=warning
741Issue an error or warning for invalid ELF .size directive.
742
b8871f35
L
743@item --elf-stt-common=no
744@itemx --elf-stt-common=yes
745These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate common
746symbols with the @code{STT_COMMON} type. The default can be controlled
747by a configure option @option{--enable-elf-stt-common}.
0df8ad28
NC
748
749@item --generate-missing-build-notes=yes
750@itemx --generate-missing-build-notes=no
751These options control whether the ELF assembler should generate GNU Build
752attribute notes if none are present in the input sources.
753The default can be controlled by the @option{--enable-generate-build-notes}
754configure option.
755
b8871f35
L
756@end ifset
757
252b5132
RH
758@item --help
759Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
760
ea20a7da
CC
761@item --target-help
762Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
763
252b5132
RH
764@item -I @var{dir}
765Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
766
767@item -J
768Don't warn about signed overflow.
769
770@item -K
771@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
772This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
773@end ifclear
774@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
775Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
776@end ifset
777
778@item -L
779@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
780Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
781system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
782or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
783@ifclear man
784@xref{Symbol Names}.
785@end ifclear
252b5132 786
c3a27914
NC
787@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
788Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
789listing to @var{number}.
790
791@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
792Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
793lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
794
795@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
796Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
797@var{number} bytes.
798
799@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
800Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
801to @var{number} + 1.
802
2edb36e7
NC
803@item --no-pad-sections
804Stop the assembler for padding the ends of output sections to the alignment
805of that section. The default is to pad the sections, but this can waste space
806which might be needed on targets which have tight memory constraints.
807
252b5132 808@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 809Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
810
811@item -R
812Fold the data section into the text section.
813
d60646b9 814@item --hash-size=@var{number}
4bdd3565
NC
815Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
816@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
817assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
818memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
819requirements at the expense of speed.
820
821@item --reduce-memory-overheads
822This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
823assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
824@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
825
451133ce
NP
826@ifset ELF
827@item --sectname-subst
828Honor substitution sequences in section names.
829@ifclear man
830@xref{Section Name Substitutions,,@code{.section @var{name}}}.
831@end ifclear
832@end ifset
833
252b5132
RH
834@item --statistics
835Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
836assembly.
837
838@item --strip-local-absolute
839Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
840
841@item -v
842@itemx -version
a4fb0134 843Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
844
845@item --version
a4fb0134 846Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
847
848@item -W
2bdd6cf5 849@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
850Suppress warning messages.
851
2bdd6cf5
GK
852@item --fatal-warnings
853Treat warnings as errors.
854
855@item --warn
856Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
857
252b5132
RH
858@item -w
859Ignored.
860
861@item -x
862Ignored.
863
864@item -Z
865Generate an object file even after errors.
866
867@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
868Standard input, or source files to assemble.
869
870@end table
2a633939
JM
871@c man end
872
a06ea964
NC
873@ifset AARCH64
874
875@ifclear man
876@xref{AArch64 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
877for the 64-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
878@end ifclear
879
880@ifset man
881@c man begin OPTIONS
882The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
88364-bit mode of the ARM Architecture (AArch64).
884@c man end
885@c man begin INCLUDE
886@include c-aarch64.texi
887@c ended inside the included file
888@end ifset
889
890@end ifset
891
2a633939
JM
892@ifset ALPHA
893
894@ifclear man
895@xref{Alpha Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
896for an Alpha processor.
897@end ifclear
898
899@ifset man
900@c man begin OPTIONS
901The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an Alpha
902processor.
903@c man end
904@c man begin INCLUDE
905@include c-alpha.texi
906@c ended inside the included file
907@end ifset
908
909@end ifset
252b5132 910
2a633939 911@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 912@ifset ARC
886a2506
NC
913The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an ARC
914processor.
252b5132 915
a4fb0134 916@table @gcctabopt
886a2506 917@item -mcpu=@var{cpu}
0d2bcfaf
NC
918This option selects the core processor variant.
919@item -EB | -EL
920Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
886a2506
NC
921@item -mcode-density
922Enable Code Density extenssion instructions.
252b5132
RH
923@end table
924@end ifset
925
926@ifset ARM
927The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
928processor family.
929
a4fb0134 930@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 931@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 932Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 933@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 934Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 935@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 936Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
937@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
938Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
939@item -mthumb
940Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 941@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
942Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
943@item -EB | -EL
944Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
945@item -mthumb-interwork
946Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
947ARM code in mind.
2e6976a8
DG
948@item -mccs
949Turns on CodeComposer Studio assembly syntax compatibility mode.
cdf82bcf
NC
950@item -k
951Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
952@end table
953@end ifset
635fb38d 954@c man end
252b5132 955
9982501a 956@ifset Blackfin
8611b8fd
MF
957
958@ifclear man
959@xref{Blackfin Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
960configured for the Blackfin processor family.
961@end ifclear
962
963@ifset man
964@c man begin OPTIONS
9982501a
JZ
965The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
966the Blackfin processor family.
8611b8fd
MF
967@c man end
968@c man begin INCLUDE
969@include c-bfin.texi
970@c ended inside the included file
971@end ifset
9982501a 972
9982501a
JZ
973@end ifset
974
635fb38d 975@c man begin OPTIONS
328eb32e
HPN
976@ifset CRIS
977See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
978@end ifset
979
252b5132
RH
980@ifset D10V
981The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
982a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 983@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
984@cindex D10V optimization
985@cindex optimization, D10V
986@item -O
987Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
988@end table
989@end ifset
990
991@ifset D30V
992The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
993processor.
a4fb0134 994@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
995@cindex D30V optimization
996@cindex optimization, D30V
997@item -O
998Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
999
1000@cindex D30V nops
1001@item -n
1002Warn when nops are generated.
1003
1004@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
1005@item -N
1006Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
1007@end table
1008@end ifset
731caf76
L
1009@c man end
1010
cfb8c092
NC
1011@ifset EPIPHANY
1012The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1013Adapteva EPIPHANY series.
1014
56b13185
JR
1015@ifclear man
1016@xref{Epiphany Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1017configured for an Epiphany processor.
1018@end ifclear
cfb8c092 1019
56b13185
JR
1020@ifset man
1021@c man begin OPTIONS
1022The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1023an Epiphany processor.
1024@c man end
1025@c man begin INCLUDE
1026@include c-epiphany.texi
0c76cae8
AM
1027@c ended inside the included file
1028@end ifset
1029
1030@end ifset
1031
1032@ifset H8300
1033
1034@ifclear man
1035@xref{H8/300 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1036for an H8/300 processor.
1037@end ifclear
1038
1039@ifset man
1040@c man begin OPTIONS
1041The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an H8/300
1042processor.
1043@c man end
1044@c man begin INCLUDE
1045@include c-h8300.texi
56b13185
JR
1046@c ended inside the included file
1047@end ifset
cfb8c092 1048
cfb8c092
NC
1049@end ifset
1050
731caf76 1051@ifset I80386
252b5132 1052
731caf76
L
1053@ifclear man
1054@xref{i386-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is
1055configured for an i386 processor.
1056@end ifclear
1057
1058@ifset man
1059@c man begin OPTIONS
1060The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1061an i386 processor.
1062@c man end
1063@c man begin INCLUDE
1064@include c-i386.texi
1065@c ended inside the included file
1066@end ifset
1067
1068@end ifset
1069
1070@c man begin OPTIONS
a40cbfa3
NC
1071@ifset IP2K
1072The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 1073Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
1074
1075@table @gcctabopt
1076
1077@item -mip2022ext
1078Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
1079
1080@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 1081Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
1082just the basic IP2022 ones.
1083
1084@end table
1085@end ifset
1086
49f58d10
JB
1087@ifset M32C
1088The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1089Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
1090
1091@table @gcctabopt
1092
1093@item -m32c
1094Assemble M32C instructions.
1095
1096@item -m16c
1097Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
1098
c54b5932
DD
1099@item -relax
1100Enable support for link-time relaxations.
1101
1102@item -h-tick-hex
1103Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
1104
49f58d10
JB
1105@end table
1106@end ifset
1107
ec694b89
NC
1108@ifset M32R
1109The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 1110Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 1111
a4fb0134 1112@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
1113
1114@item --m32rx
1115Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
1116is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
1117
1118@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
1119Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 1120encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1121
1122@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
1123Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
1124encountered.
ec694b89
NC
1125
1126@end table
1127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1128
1129@ifset M680X0
1130The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1131Motorola 68000 series.
1132
a4fb0134 1133@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1134
1135@item -l
1136Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
1137
0285c67d
NC
1138@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
1139@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
1140@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
1141Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
1142is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
1143
1144@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
1145The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
1146The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
1147the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
1148two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
1149coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
1150
1151@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
1152The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
1153unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
1154
1155@end table
1156@end ifset
1157
36591ba1
SL
1158@ifset NIOSII
1159
1160@ifclear man
1161@xref{Nios II Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1162for an Altera Nios II processor.
1163@end ifclear
1164
1165@ifset man
1166@c man begin OPTIONS
1167The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1168Altera Nios II processor.
1169@c man end
1170@c man begin INCLUDE
1171@include c-nios2.texi
1172@c ended inside the included file
1173@end ifset
1174@end ifset
1175
e135f41b
NC
1176@ifset PDP11
1177
1178For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
1179see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
1180
a4fb0134 1181@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
1182@item -mpic | -mno-pic
1183Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 1184default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
1185
1186@item -mall
1187@itemx -mall-extensions
1188Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
1189
1190@item -mno-extensions
1191Disable all instruction set extensions.
1192
1193@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
1194Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
1195
1196@item -m@var{cpu}
1197Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
1198disable all other extensions.
1199
1200@item -m@var{machine}
1201Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
1202model, and disable all other extensions.
1203@end table
1204
1205@end ifset
1206
041dd5a9
ILT
1207@ifset PJ
1208The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1209a picoJava processor.
1210
a4fb0134 1211@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
1212
1213@cindex PJ endianness
1214@cindex endianness, PJ
1215@cindex big endian output, PJ
1216@item -mb
1217Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1218
1219@cindex little endian output, PJ
1220@item -ml
1221Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1222
1223@end table
1224@end ifset
1225
93f11b16
DD
1226@ifset PRU
1227
1228@ifclear man
1229@xref{PRU Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1230for a PRU processor.
1231@end ifclear
1232
1233@ifset man
1234@c man begin OPTIONS
1235The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1236PRU processor.
1237@c man end
1238@c man begin INCLUDE
1239@include c-pru.texi
1240@c ended inside the included file
1241@end ifset
1242@end ifset
1243
60bcf0fa
NC
1244@ifset M68HC11
1245The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
1246Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
1247
a4fb0134 1248@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 1249
6927f982 1250@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12 | -mm9s12x | -mm9s12xg
60bcf0fa
NC
1251Specify what processor is the target. The default is
1252defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
1253
6927f982
NC
1254@item --xgate-ramoffset
1255Instruct the linker to offset RAM addresses from S12X address space into
1256XGATE address space.
1257
2f904664
SC
1258@item -mshort
1259Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
1260
1261@item -mlong
01642c12 1262Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
1263
1264@item -mshort-double
01642c12 1265Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
1266
1267@item -mlong-double
01642c12 1268Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 1269
1370e33d 1270@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
1271Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
1272conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
1273sub routine.
1274
1370e33d
NC
1275@item -S | --short-branches
1276Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
1277when the offset is out of range.
1278
1279@item --strict-direct-mode
1280Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
1281when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
1282
1283@item --print-insn-syntax
1284Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
1285
1286@item --print-opcodes
6927f982 1287Print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
60bcf0fa
NC
1288
1289@item --generate-example
6927f982 1290Print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 1291This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
1292
1293@end table
1294@end ifset
1295
252b5132 1296@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 1297The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
1298for the SPARC architecture:
1299
a4fb0134 1300@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1301@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1302@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1303Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1304
1305@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1306@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1307
1308@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1309UltraSPARC extensions.
1310
1311@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1312For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1313equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1314
1315@item -bump
1316Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1317@end table
1318@end ifset
1319
39bec121
TW
1320@ifset TIC54X
1321The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1322architecture.
39bec121 1323
a4fb0134 1324@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1325@item -mfar-mode
1326Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1327extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1328@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1329Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1330@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1331Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1332behaviour in the shell.
1333@end table
1334@end ifset
1335
252b5132 1336@ifset MIPS
73201331 1337@c man begin OPTIONS
252b5132 1338The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
98508b2a 1339a MIPS processor.
252b5132 1340
a4fb0134 1341@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1342@item -G @var{num}
1343This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1344implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1345use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1346
1347@cindex MIPS endianness
1348@cindex endianness, MIPS
1349@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1350@item -EB
1351Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1352
1353@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1354@item -EL
1355Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1356
1357@cindex MIPS ISA
1358@item -mips1
1359@itemx -mips2
1360@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1361@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1362@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1363@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1364@itemx -mips32r2
ae52f483
AB
1365@itemx -mips32r3
1366@itemx -mips32r5
7361da2c 1367@itemx -mips32r6
4058e45f 1368@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1369@itemx -mips64r2
ae52f483
AB
1370@itemx -mips64r3
1371@itemx -mips64r5
7361da2c 1372@itemx -mips64r6
98508b2a 1373Generate code for a particular MIPS Instruction Set Architecture level.
437ee9d5
TS
1374@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1375alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1376@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
ae52f483 1377@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips32r3},
7361da2c
AB
1378@samp{-mips32r5}, @samp{-mips32r6}, @samp{-mips64}, @samp{-mips64r2},
1379@samp{-mips64r3}, @samp{-mips64r5}, and @samp{-mips64r6} correspond to generic
1380MIPS V, MIPS32, MIPS32 Release 2, MIPS32 Release 3, MIPS32 Release 5, MIPS32
1381Release 6, MIPS64, MIPS64 Release 2, MIPS64 Release 3, MIPS64 Release 5, and
1382MIPS64 Release 6 ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5 1383
98508b2a
RS
1384@item -march=@var{cpu}
1385Generate code for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1386
1387@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
98508b2a 1388Schedule and tune for a particular MIPS CPU.
437ee9d5
TS
1389
1390@item -mfix7000
1391@itemx -mno-fix7000
1392Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1393of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1394
a8d14a88
CM
1395@item -mfix-rm7000
1396@itemx -mno-fix-rm7000
1397Cause nops to be inserted if a dmult or dmultu instruction is
1398followed by a load instruction.
1399
ecb4347a
DJ
1400@item -mdebug
1401@itemx -no-mdebug
1402Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1403section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1404
dcd410fe
RO
1405@item -mpdr
1406@itemx -mno-pdr
1407Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1408
437ee9d5
TS
1409@item -mgp32
1410@itemx -mfp32
1411The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1412flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1413all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1414and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1415
351cdf24
MF
1416@item -mgp64
1417@itemx -mfp64
1418The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1419flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 64 bits wide at
1420all times. @samp{-mgp64} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1421and @samp{-mfp64} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1422
1423@item -mfpxx
1424The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but using
1425this flag in combination with @samp{-mabi=32} enables an ABI variant
1426which will operate correctly with floating-point registers which are
142732 or 64 bits wide.
1428
1429@item -modd-spreg
1430@itemx -mno-odd-spreg
1431Enable use of floating-point operations on odd-numbered single-precision
1432registers when supported by the ISA. @samp{-mfpxx} implies
1433@samp{-mno-odd-spreg}, otherwise the default is @samp{-modd-spreg}.
1434
437ee9d5
TS
1435@item -mips16
1436@itemx -no-mips16
1437Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51 1438@code{.module mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
437ee9d5 1439turns off this option.
252b5132 1440
25499ac7
MR
1441@item -mmips16e2
1442@itemx -mno-mips16e2
1443Enable the use of MIPS16e2 instructions in MIPS16 mode. This is equivalent
1444to putting @code{.module mips16e2} at the start of the assembly file.
1445@samp{-mno-mips16e2} turns off this option.
1446
df58fc94
RS
1447@item -mmicromips
1448@itemx -mno-micromips
1449Generate code for the microMIPS processor. This is equivalent to putting
32035f51
MR
1450@code{.module micromips} at the start of the assembly file.
1451@samp{-mno-micromips} turns off this option. This is equivalent to putting
1452@code{.module nomicromips} at the start of the assembly file.
df58fc94 1453
e16bfa71
TS
1454@item -msmartmips
1455@itemx -mno-smartmips
32035f51
MR
1456Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1457equivalent to putting @code{.module smartmips} at the start of the assembly
1458file. @samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
e16bfa71 1459
1f25f5d3
CD
1460@item -mips3d
1461@itemx -no-mips3d
1462Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1463This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1464@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1465
deec1734
CD
1466@item -mdmx
1467@itemx -no-mdmx
1468Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1469This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1470@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1471
2ef2b9ae
CF
1472@item -mdsp
1473@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1474Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1475This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1476@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1477
8b082fb1
TS
1478@item -mdspr2
1479@itemx -mno-dspr2
1480Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
8f4f9071 1481This option implies @samp{-mdsp}.
8b082fb1
TS
1482This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1483@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1484
8f4f9071
MF
1485@item -mdspr3
1486@itemx -mno-dspr3
1487Generate code for the DSP Release 3 Application Specific Extension.
1488This option implies @samp{-mdsp} and @samp{-mdspr2}.
1489This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 3 instructions.
1490@samp{-mno-dspr3} turns off this option.
1491
56d438b1
CF
1492@item -mmsa
1493@itemx -mno-msa
1494Generate code for the MIPS SIMD Architecture Extension.
1495This tells the assembler to accept MSA instructions.
1496@samp{-mno-msa} turns off this option.
1497
7d64c587
AB
1498@item -mxpa
1499@itemx -mno-xpa
1500Generate code for the MIPS eXtended Physical Address (XPA) Extension.
1501This tells the assembler to accept XPA instructions.
1502@samp{-mno-xpa} turns off this option.
1503
ef2e4d86
CF
1504@item -mmt
1505@itemx -mno-mt
1506Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1507This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1508@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1509
dec0624d
MR
1510@item -mmcu
1511@itemx -mno-mcu
1512Generate code for the MCU Application Specific Extension.
1513This tells the assembler to accept MCU instructions.
1514@samp{-mno-mcu} turns off this option.
1515
730c3174
SE
1516@item -mcrc
1517@itemx -mno-crc
1518Generate code for the MIPS cyclic redundancy check (CRC) Application
1519Specific Extension. This tells the assembler to accept CRC instructions.
1520@samp{-mno-crc} turns off this option.
1521
833794fc
MR
1522@item -minsn32
1523@itemx -mno-insn32
1524Only use 32-bit instruction encodings when generating code for the
1525microMIPS processor. This option inhibits the use of any 16-bit
1526instructions. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set insn32} at
1527the start of the assembly file. @samp{-mno-insn32} turns off this
1528option. This is equivalent to putting @code{.set noinsn32} at the
1529start of the assembly file. By default @samp{-mno-insn32} is
1530selected, allowing all instructions to be used.
1531
437ee9d5
TS
1532@item --construct-floats
1533@itemx --no-construct-floats
1534The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1535double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1536value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1537the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1538selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132 1539
3bf0dbfb
MR
1540@item --relax-branch
1541@itemx --no-relax-branch
1542The @samp{--relax-branch} option enables the relaxation of out-of-range
1543branches. By default @samp{--no-relax-branch} is selected, causing any
1544out-of-range branches to produce an error.
1545
8b10b0b3
MR
1546@item -mignore-branch-isa
1547@itemx -mno-ignore-branch-isa
1548Ignore branch checks for invalid transitions between ISA modes. The
1549semantics of branches does not provide for an ISA mode switch, so in
1550most cases the ISA mode a branch has been encoded for has to be the
1551same as the ISA mode of the branch's target label. Therefore GAS has
1552checks implemented that verify in branch assembly that the two ISA
1553modes match. @samp{-mignore-branch-isa} disables these checks. By
1554default @samp{-mno-ignore-branch-isa} is selected, causing any invalid
1555branch requiring a transition between ISA modes to produce an error.
1556
ba92f887
MR
1557@item -mnan=@var{encoding}
1558Select between the IEEE 754-2008 (@option{-mnan=2008}) or the legacy
1559(@option{-mnan=legacy}) NaN encoding format. The latter is the default.
1560
252b5132
RH
1561@cindex emulation
1562@item --emulation=@var{name}
e8044f35
RS
1563This option was formerly used to switch between ELF and ECOFF output
1564on targets like IRIX 5 that supported both. MIPS ECOFF support was
1565removed in GAS 2.24, so the option now serves little purpose.
1566It is retained for backwards compatibility.
1567
1568The available configuration names are: @samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslelf} and
1569@samp{mipsbelf}. Choosing @samp{mipself} now has no effect, since the output
1570is always ELF. @samp{mipslelf} and @samp{mipsbelf} select little- and
1571big-endian output respectively, but @samp{-EL} and @samp{-EB} are now the
1572preferred options instead.
252b5132
RH
1573
1574@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1575@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1576the native tools.
1577
252b5132
RH
1578@item --trap
1579@itemx --no-trap
1580@itemx --break
1581@itemx --no-break
1582Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1583@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1584(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1585@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1586break exception.
63486801
L
1587
1588@item -n
a4fb0134 1589When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1590time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132 1591@end table
73201331 1592@c man end
252b5132
RH
1593@end ifset
1594
1595@ifset MCORE
1596The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1597an MCore processor.
1598
a4fb0134 1599@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1600@item -jsri2bsr
1601@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1602Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1603The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1604
1605@item -sifilter
1606@itemx -nosifilter
1607Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1608The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1609
1610@item -relax
1611Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1612
ec694b89
NC
1613@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1614Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1615can be assembled.
1616
1617@item -EB
1618Assemble for a big endian target.
1619
1620@item -EL
1621Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1622
1623@end table
1624@end ifset
a3c62988 1625@c man end
252b5132 1626
a3c62988
NC
1627@ifset METAG
1628
1629@ifclear man
1630@xref{Meta Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1631for a Meta processor.
1632@end ifclear
1633
1634@ifset man
1635@c man begin OPTIONS
1636The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1637Meta processor.
1638@c man end
1639@c man begin INCLUDE
1640@include c-metag.texi
1641@c ended inside the included file
1642@end ifset
1643
1644@end ifset
1645
1646@c man begin OPTIONS
3c3bdf30
NC
1647@ifset MMIX
1648See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1649@end ifset
1650
35c08157
KLC
1651@ifset NDS32
1652
1653@ifclear man
1654@xref{NDS32 Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1655for a NDS32 processor.
1656@end ifclear
1657@c ended inside the included file
1658@end ifset
1659
1660@ifset man
1661@c man begin OPTIONS
1662The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1663NDS32 processor.
1664@c man end
1665@c man begin INCLUDE
1666@include c-nds32.texi
1667@c ended inside the included file
1668@end ifset
1669
635fb38d 1670@c man end
b8b738ac
AM
1671@ifset PPC
1672
1673@ifclear man
1674@xref{PowerPC-Opts}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1675for a PowerPC processor.
1676@end ifclear
1677
1678@ifset man
1679@c man begin OPTIONS
1680The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1681PowerPC processor.
1682@c man end
1683@c man begin INCLUDE
1684@include c-ppc.texi
1685@c ended inside the included file
1686@end ifset
1687
1688@end ifset
1689
e23eba97
NC
1690@ifset RISCV
1691
1692@ifclear man
b57e49f7 1693@xref{RISC-V-Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
e23eba97
NC
1694for a RISC-V processor.
1695@end ifclear
1696
1697@ifset man
1698@c man begin OPTIONS
1699The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
b57e49f7 1700RISC-V processor.
e23eba97
NC
1701@c man end
1702@c man begin INCLUDE
1703@include c-riscv.texi
1704@c ended inside the included file
1705@end ifset
1706
1707@end ifset
1708
635fb38d 1709@c man begin OPTIONS
046d31c2
NC
1710@ifset RX
1711See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1712@end ifset
1713
11c19e16
MS
1714@ifset S390
1715The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1716processor family.
1717
1718@table @gcctabopt
1719@item -m31
1720@itemx -m64
1721Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1722@item -mesa
1723@item -mzarch
1724Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1725Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1726@item -march=@var{processor}
952c3f51
AK
1727Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g5} (or
1728@samp{arch3}), @samp{g6}, @samp{z900} (or @samp{arch5}), @samp{z990} (or
1729@samp{arch6}), @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec} (or @samp{arch7}), @samp{z10} (or
1730@samp{arch8}), @samp{z196} (or @samp{arch9}), @samp{zEC12} (or @samp{arch10}),
47826cdb 1731@samp{z13} (or @samp{arch11}), or @samp{z14} (or @samp{arch12}).
11c19e16
MS
1732@item -mregnames
1733@itemx -mno-regnames
1734Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1735@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1736Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1737but evaluates to zero.
1738@end table
1739@end ifset
2a633939 1740@c man end
11c19e16 1741
40b36596 1742@ifset TIC6X
2a633939
JM
1743
1744@ifclear man
1745@xref{TIC6X Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1746for a TMS320C6000 processor.
1747@end ifclear
1748
1749@ifset man
1750@c man begin OPTIONS
40b36596
JM
1751The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1752TMS320C6000 processor.
2a633939
JM
1753@c man end
1754@c man begin INCLUDE
1755@include c-tic6x.texi
1756@c ended inside the included file
1757@end ifset
40b36596
JM
1758
1759@end ifset
1760
aa137e4d
NC
1761@ifset TILEGX
1762
1763@ifclear man
1764@xref{TILE-Gx Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1765for a TILE-Gx processor.
1766@end ifclear
1767
1768@ifset man
1769@c man begin OPTIONS
1770The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a TILE-Gx
1771processor.
1772@c man end
1773@c man begin INCLUDE
1774@include c-tilegx.texi
1775@c ended inside the included file
1776@end ifset
1777
1778@end ifset
1779
b6605ddd
EB
1780@ifset VISIUM
1781
1782@ifclear man
1783@xref{Visium Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1784for a Visium processor.
1785@end ifclear
1786
1787@ifset man
1788@c man begin OPTIONS
1789The following option is available when @value{AS} is configured for a Visium
1790processor.
1791@c man end
1792@c man begin INCLUDE
1793@include c-visium.texi
1794@c ended inside the included file
1795@end ifset
1796
1797@end ifset
1798
e0001a05 1799@ifset XTENSA
e0001a05 1800
2d8b84ae
SA
1801@ifclear man
1802@xref{Xtensa Options}, for the options available when @value{AS} is configured
1803for an Xtensa processor.
1804@end ifclear
1805
1806@ifset man
1807@c man begin OPTIONS
1808The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for an
1809Xtensa processor.
1810@c man end
1811@c man begin INCLUDE
1812@include c-xtensa.texi
1813@c ended inside the included file
e0001a05
NC
1814@end ifset
1815
2d8b84ae
SA
1816@end ifset
1817
1818@c man begin OPTIONS
1819
3c9b82ba
NC
1820@ifset Z80
1821The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1822a Z80 family processor.
1823@table @gcctabopt
1824@item -z80
1825Assemble for Z80 processor.
1826@item -r800
1827Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1828@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1829@itemx -Wnud
1830Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1831@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1832@itemx -Wnup
1833Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1834@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1835@itemx -Wud
1836Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1837@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1838@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1839Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1840@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1841@itemx -Fud
1842Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1843@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1844@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1845Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1846@end table
1847@end ifset
1848
0285c67d
NC
1849@c man end
1850
252b5132
RH
1851@menu
1852* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1853* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1854* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1855* Command Line:: Command Line
1856* Input Files:: Input Files
1857* Object:: Output (Object) File
1858* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1859@end menu
1860
1861@node Manual
1862@section Structure of this Manual
1863
1864@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1865This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1866@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1867notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1868@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1869
1870@ifclear GENERIC
1871We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1872configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1873@end ifclear
1874@ifset GENERIC
1875This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1876various flavors of the assembler.
1877@end ifset
1878
1879@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1880On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1881to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1882In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1883architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1884mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1885particular architecture.
1886@ifset GENERIC
1887You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1888machine architecture manual for this information.
1889@end ifset
1890@ifclear GENERIC
1891@ifset H8/300
1892For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1893Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1894Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1895@end ifset
252b5132 1896@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1897For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1898see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1899@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1900@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1901@end ifset
1902@ifset Z8000
1903For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1904@end ifset
1905@end ifclear
1906
1907@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1908@ignore
1909Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1910the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1911Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1912computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1913once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1914qualification.
1915
a4fb0134 1916@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1917human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1918computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1919@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1920@end ignore
1921
1922@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1923@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1924@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1925@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1926@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1927@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1928@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1929@c directives).
1930
1931@node GNU Assembler
1932@section The GNU Assembler
1933
0285c67d
NC
1934@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1935
a4fb0134 1936@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1937@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1938This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1939configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1940@end ifclear
1941If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1942should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1943architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1944including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1945@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1946
1947@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1948@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1949@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1950@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1951assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1952machine would assemble.
1953@ifset VAX
1954Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1955@end ifset
1956@ifset M680X0
1957@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1958@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1959This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1960assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1961incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1962@end ifset
1963
0285c67d
NC
1964@c man end
1965
a4fb0134 1966Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1967program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1968@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1969
1970@node Object Formats
1971@section Object File Formats
1972
1973@cindex object file format
1974The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1975object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1976write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1977are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1978Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1979@ifclear GENERIC
1980@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1981For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1982@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1983@end ifclear
1984@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1985@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1986On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1987SOM or ELF format object files.
1988@end ifset
1989@end ifclear
1990
1991@node Command Line
1992@section Command Line
1993
1994@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1995
a4fb0134 1996After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1997options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1998before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1999significant.
2000
2001@cindex standard input, as input file
2002@kindex --
2003@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 2004explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
2005
2006@cindex options, command line
2007Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
2008hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 2009@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
2010option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
2011the letter is important. All options are optional.
2012
2013Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
2014name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
2015with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
2016standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
2017
2018@smallexample
2019@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
2020@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
2021@end smallexample
2022
2023@node Input Files
2024@section Input Files
2025
2026@cindex input
2027@cindex source program
2028@cindex files, input
2029We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 2030describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
2031be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
2032doesn't change the meaning of the source.
2033
2034@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
2035@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
2036The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
2037order specified.
2038
0285c67d 2039@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 2040Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
2041program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
2042(The standard input is also a file.)
2043
a4fb0134 2044You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
2045names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
2046command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
2047is taken to be an input file name.
2048
a4fb0134
SC
2049If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
2050from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
2051may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
2052to assemble.
2053
2054Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
2055in your command line.
2056
a4fb0134 2057If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
2058file.
2059
0285c67d
NC
2060@c man end
2061
252b5132
RH
2062@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
2063
2064@cindex input file linenumbers
2065@cindex line numbers, in input files
2066There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
2067either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
2068number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
2069``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
2070
2071@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 2072to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2073
2074@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
2075directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
2076error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
2077is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
2078@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
2079@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
2080
2081@node Object
2082@section Output (Object) File
2083
2084@cindex object file
2085@cindex output file
2086@kindex a.out
2087@kindex .o
a4fb0134 2088Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132 2089your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
a8eb42a8 2090is the object file. Its default name is @code{a.out}.
a4fb0134 2091You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
2092object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
2093reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
2094directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
2095possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
2096
2097@cindex linker
2098@kindex ld
2099The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
2100assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
2101the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
2102information for the debugger.
2103
2104@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
2105@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
2106
2107@node Errors
2108@section Error and Warning Messages
2109
0285c67d
NC
2110@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2111
a349d9dd 2112@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
2113@cindex warning messages
2114@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 2115@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 2116file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
2117runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
2118that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
2119grave problem that stops the assembly.
2120
0285c67d
NC
2121@c man end
2122
252b5132
RH
2123@cindex format of warning messages
2124Warning messages have the format
2125
2126@smallexample
2127file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
2128@end smallexample
2129
2130@noindent
72e0b254
NC
2131@cindex file names and line numbers, in warnings/errors
2132(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If both a logical file name
2133(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) and a logical line number
252b5132
RH
2134@ifset GENERIC
2135(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
2136@end ifset
72e0b254
NC
2137have been given then they will be used, otherwise the file name and line number
2138in the current assembler source file will be used. The message text is
2139intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix tradition).
2140
2141Note the file name must be set via the logical version of the @code{.file}
2142directive, not the DWARF2 version of the @code{.file} directive. For example:
2143
2144@smallexample
2145 .file 2 "bar.c"
2146 error_assembler_source
2147 .file "foo.c"
2148 .line 30
2149 error_c_source
2150@end smallexample
2151
2152produces this output:
2153
2154@smallexample
2155 Assembler messages:
2156 asm.s:2: Error: no such instruction: `error_assembler_source'
2157 foo.c:31: Error: no such instruction: `error_c_source'
2158@end smallexample
252b5132
RH
2159
2160@cindex format of error messages
2161Error messages have the format
72e0b254 2162
252b5132
RH
2163@smallexample
2164file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
2165@end smallexample
72e0b254 2166
252b5132
RH
2167The file name and line number are derived as for warning
2168messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
2169because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
2170
2171@node Invoking
2172@chapter Command-Line Options
2173
2174@cindex options, all versions of assembler
2175This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
2176versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
2177for options specific
252b5132 2178@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 2179to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
2180@end ifclear
2181@ifset GENERIC
2182to particular machine architectures.
2183@end ifset
2184
0285c67d
NC
2185@c man begin DESCRIPTION
2186
c1253627 2187If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
2188you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
2189The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
2190by commas. For example:
2191
2192@smallexample
2193gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
2194@end smallexample
2195
2196@noindent
2197This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 2198standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
2199local symbols in the symbol table).
2200
2201Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
2202command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
2203(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
2204precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
2205assembler.)
2206
0285c67d
NC
2207@c man end
2208
252b5132 2209@menu
83f10cb2 2210* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 2211* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
2212* D:: -D for compatibility
2213* f:: -f to work faster
2214* I:: -I for .include search path
2215@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2216* K:: -K for compatibility
2217@end ifclear
2218@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2219* K:: -K for difference tables
2220@end ifset
2221
ba83aca1 2222* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 2223* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
2224* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
2225* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
2edb36e7 2226* no-pad-sections:: --no-pad-sections to stop section padding
252b5132
RH
2227* o:: -o to name the object file
2228* R:: -R to join data and text sections
2229* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
2230* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
2231* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 2232* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
2233* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
2234@end menu
2235
2236@node a
83f10cb2 2237@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
2238
2239@kindex -a
2240@kindex -ac
2241@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 2242@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
2243@kindex -ah
2244@kindex -al
2245@kindex -an
2246@kindex -as
2247@cindex listings, enabling
2248@cindex assembly listings, enabling
2249
2250These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
2251@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
2252You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
2253@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
2254@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
2255@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
2256High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
2257@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
2258also.
2259
83f10cb2
NC
2260Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
2261information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
2262
252b5132
RH
2263Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
2264which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
2265other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
2266omitted from the listing.
2267
2268Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
2269listing.
2270
2271Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
2272listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
2273@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
2274@code{.sbttl}.
2275The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
2276If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
2277listing-control directives have no effect.
2278
2279The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
2280@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
2281
96e9638b
BW
2282Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
2283because it
c3a27914
NC
2284is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
2285is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
2286directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
2287stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
2288memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
2289
caa32fe5
NC
2290@node alternate
2291@section @option{--alternate}
2292
2293@kindex --alternate
2294Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
2295
252b5132 2296@node D
a4fb0134 2297@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
2298
2299@kindex -D
2300This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
2301likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 2302@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2303
2304@node f
a4fb0134 2305@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
2306
2307@kindex -f
2308@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 2309@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
2310@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
2311(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
2312and comment preprocessing on
2313the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
2314,Preprocessing}.
2315
2316@quotation
2317@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 2318preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
2319not work correctly.
2320@end quotation
2321
2322@node I
c1253627 2323@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
2324
2325@kindex -I @var{path}
2326@cindex paths for @code{.include}
2327@cindex search path for @code{.include}
2328@cindex @code{include} directive search path
2329Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
2330@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
2331directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 2332many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 2333working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2334searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
2335specified (left to right) on the command line.
2336
2337@node K
a4fb0134 2338@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
2339
2340@kindex -K
2341@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2342On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
2343permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
2344where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
2345generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
2346family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
2347alteration on other platforms.
2348@end ifclear
2349
2350@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
2351@cindex difference tables, warning
2352@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
2353@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
2354form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
2355You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
2356is done.
2357@end ifset
2358
2359@node L
ba83aca1 2360@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
2361
2362@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
2363@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
2364Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
2365@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
2366called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
2367such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
2368programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
2369notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
2370such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
2371
2372This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 2373in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 2374@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 2375
c3a27914 2376@node listing
a4fb0134 2377@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
2378
2379The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
2380@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
2381hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
2382them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
2383directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
2384@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
2385@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
2386@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 2387
a4fb0134 2388@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
2389@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
2390@kindex --listing-lhs-width
2391@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
2392Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
2393dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
2394
2395@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
2396@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
2397@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
2398Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 2399a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
2400the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
2401switch is used the default is to one.
2402
2403@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
2404@kindex --listing-rhs-width
2405@cindex Width of source line output
2406Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
2407alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
2408source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
2409
2410@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
2411@kindex --listing-cont-lines
2412@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
2413Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
2414displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
2415@end table
2416
252b5132 2417@node M
a4fb0134 2418@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
2419
2420@kindex -M
2421@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
2422The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
2423changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
a8eb42a8
AM
2424compatible with the @code{ASM68K} assembler from Microtec Research.
2425The exact nature of the
252b5132
RH
2426MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
2427information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
2428arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 2429assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2430
2431The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
2432depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
2433file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
2434individually. These are:
2435
2436@itemize @bullet
2437@item global symbols in common section
2438
2439The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 2440Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
2441common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
2442symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
2443symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
2444
2445@item complex relocations
2446
2447The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
2448relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
2449are not support by other object file formats.
2450
2451@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
2452
2453The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
2454This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 2455instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
2456script.
2457
2458@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
2459
2460The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
2461name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
2462
2463@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
2464
2465The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 2466address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
2467which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
2468not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
2469assigned within a linker script.
2470@end itemize
2471
2472There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 2473@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
2474seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
2475
2476@itemize @bullet
2477
2478@item EBCDIC strings
2479
2480EBCDIC strings are not supported.
2481
2482@item packed binary coded decimal
2483
2484Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
2485and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
2486
2487@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
2488
2489The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
2490
2491@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2492
2493The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2494
2495@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2496
2497The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2498@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2499relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2500these options serve no purpose.
2501
2502@item @code{OPT} list control options
2503
2504The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2505@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2506@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2507
2508@item other @code{OPT} options
2509
2510The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2511@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2512
2513@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2514
2515The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2516@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2517
2518@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2519
2520The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2521
252b5132
RH
2522@end itemize
2523
2524@node MD
c1253627 2525@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2526
2527@kindex --MD
2528@cindex dependency tracking
2529@cindex make rules
2530
a4fb0134 2531@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2532file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2533dependencies of the main source file.
2534
2535The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2536
2537This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2538
2edb36e7
NC
2539@node no-pad-sections
2540@section Output Section Padding
2541@kindex --no-pad-sections
2542@cindex output section padding
2543Normally the assembler will pad the end of each output section up to its
2544alignment boundary. But this can waste space, which can be significant on
2545memory constrained targets. So the @option{--no-pad-sections} option will
2546disable this behaviour.
2547
252b5132 2548@node o
a4fb0134 2549@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2550
2551@kindex -o
2552@cindex naming object file
2553@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2554There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
a8eb42a8 2555default it has the name @file{a.out}.
252b5132
RH
2556You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2557object file a different name.
2558
a4fb0134 2559Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2560existing file of the same name.
2561
2562@node R
a4fb0134 2563@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2564
2565@kindex -R
2566@cindex data and text sections, joining
2567@cindex text and data sections, joining
2568@cindex joining text and data sections
2569@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2570@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2571data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2572the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2573section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2574your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2575appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2576
a4fb0134 2577When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2578address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2579data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2580older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2581
c1253627
NC
2582@ifset COFF-ELF
2583When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2584this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2585@samp{.data}.
2586@end ifset
2587
2588@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2589@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2590@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2591@end ifset
2592
2593@node statistics
a4fb0134 2594@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2595
2596@kindex --statistics
2597@cindex statistics, about assembly
2598@cindex time, total for assembly
2599@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2600Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2601@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2602(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2603seconds).
2604
2605@node traditional-format
c1253627 2606@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2607
2608@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2609For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2610from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2611@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2612
2613For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2614@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2615
2616@node v
a4fb0134 2617@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2618
2619@kindex -v
2620@kindex -version
2621@cindex assembler version
2622@cindex version of assembler
2623You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2624option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2625command line.
2626
2627@node W
a4fb0134 2628@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2629
a4fb0134 2630@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2631assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2632cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2633made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2634
c1253627
NC
2635@kindex -W
2636@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2637@cindex suppressing warnings
2638@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2639If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2640This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2641how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2642are still reported.
2643
c1253627 2644@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2645@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2646@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2647If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2648files that generate warnings to be in error.
2649
c1253627 2650@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2651@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2652You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2653causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2654
2655@node Z
a4fb0134 2656@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2657@cindex object file, after errors
2658@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2659After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2660some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2661@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2662option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2663writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2664errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2665
2666@node Syntax
2667@chapter Syntax
2668
2669@cindex machine-independent syntax
2670@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2671This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2672source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2673assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2674@ifclear VAX
2675assembler.
2676@end ifclear
2677@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2678assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2679@end ifset
2680
2681@menu
7c31ae13 2682* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
252b5132
RH
2683* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2684* Comments:: Comments
2685* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2686* Statements:: Statements
2687* Constants:: Constants
2688@end menu
2689
2690@node Preprocessing
2691@section Preprocessing
2692
2693@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2694The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2695@itemize @bullet
2696@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2697@item
2698adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2699the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2700a single space.
2701
2702@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2703@item
2704removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2705appropriate number of newlines.
2706
2707@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2708@item
2709converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2710@end itemize
2711
2712It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2713anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2714do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2715(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2716to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2717@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
2edb36e7 2718Output, gcc info, Using GNU CC}.
252b5132
RH
2719
2720Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2721cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2722preprocessed.
2723
2724@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2725@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2726@kindex #NO_APP
2727@kindex #APP
2728If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2729@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2730Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2731specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2732text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2733@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2734@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2735and whitespace.
2736
2737@node Whitespace
2738@section Whitespace
2739
2740@cindex whitespace
2741@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2742Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2743people to read. Unless within character constants
2744(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2745as exactly one space.
2746
2747@node Comments
2748@section Comments
2749
2750@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2751There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2752cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2753
2754Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2755This means you may not nest these comments.
2756
2757@smallexample
2758/*
2759 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2760 is to use this sort of comment.
2761*/
2762
2763/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2764@end smallexample
2765
2766@cindex line comment character
7c31ae13
NC
2767Anything from a @dfn{line comment} character up to the next newline is
2768considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is target
2769specific, and some targets multiple comment characters. Some targets also have
2770line comment characters that only work if they are the first character on a
2771line. Some targets use a sequence of two characters to introduce a line
2772comment. Some targets can also change their line comment characters depending
2773upon command line options that have been used. For more details see the
2774@emph{Syntax} section in the documentation for individual targets.
2775
2776If the line comment character is the hash sign (@samp{#}) then it still has the
2777special ability to enable and disable preprocessing (@pxref{Preprocessing}) and
2778to specify logical line numbers:
252b5132
RH
2779
2780@kindex #
2781@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2782@cindex logical line numbers
2783To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2784special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2785expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2786line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2787new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2788
2789If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2790the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2791
2792@smallexample
2793 # This is an ordinary comment.
2794# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2795 # This is logical line # 36.
2796@end smallexample
2797This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2798of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2799
2800@node Symbol Intro
2801@section Symbols
2802
2803@cindex characters used in symbols
2804@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2805A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2806letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2807@samp{_.$}.
2808@end ifclear
2809@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2810@ifclear GENERIC
2811@ifset H8
2812A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2813letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2814@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2815symbol names.)
2816@end ifset
2817@end ifclear
2818@end ifset
2819@ifset GENERIC
2820On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2821are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2822@end ifset
2823No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
d02603dc 2824There is no length limit; all characters are significant. Multibyte characters
7bfd842d
NC
2825are supported. Symbols are delimited by characters not in that set, or by the
2826beginning of a file (since the source program must end with a newline, the end
2827of a file is not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
d02603dc
NC
2828
2829Symbol names may also be enclosed in double quote @code{"} characters. In such
2830cases any characters are allowed, except for the NUL character. If a double
2831quote character is to be included in the symbol name it must be preceeded by a
2832backslash @code{\} character.
252b5132
RH
2833@cindex length of symbols
2834
2835@node Statements
2836@section Statements
2837
2838@cindex statements, structure of
2839@cindex line separator character
2840@cindex statement separator character
7c31ae13
NC
2841
2842A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or a
2843@dfn{line separator character}. The line separator character is target
2844specific and described in the @emph{Syntax} section of each
2845target's documentation. Not all targets support a line separator character.
2846The newline or line separator character is considered to be part of the
2847preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
252b5132 2848exception: they do not end statements.
252b5132
RH
2849
2850@cindex newline, required at file end
2851@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2852It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2853character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2854
2855An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2856
2857@cindex instructions and directives
2858@cindex directives and instructions
2859@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2860@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2861@c 13feb91.
2862A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2863key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2864symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2865symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2866directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2867a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2868assembles into a machine language instruction.
2869@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2870Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2871recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2872represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2873language.@refill
2874@end ifset
2875
2876@cindex @code{:} (label)
2877@cindex label (@code{:})
2878A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2879Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2880have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2881
2882@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2883For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2884the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2885only one label may be defined on each line.
2886@end ifset
2887
2888@smallexample
2889label: .directive followed by something
2890another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2891 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2892@end smallexample
2893
2894@node Constants
2895@section Constants
2896
2897@cindex constants
2898A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2899inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2900@smallexample
2901@group
2902.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2903.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2904.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2905.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
290695028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2907@end group
2908@end smallexample
2909
2910@menu
2911* Characters:: Character Constants
2912* Numbers:: Number Constants
2913@end menu
2914
2915@node Characters
2916@subsection Character Constants
2917
2918@cindex character constants
2919@cindex constants, character
2920There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2921for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2922numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2923@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2924used in arithmetic expressions.
2925
2926@menu
2927* Strings:: Strings
2928* Chars:: Characters
2929@end menu
2930
2931@node Strings
2932@subsubsection Strings
2933
2934@cindex string constants
2935@cindex constants, string
2936A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2937double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2938into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2939a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2940one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2941@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2942(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2943escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2944
2945@cindex escape codes, character
2946@cindex character escape codes
361fa3a4
NC
2947@c NOTE: Cindex entries must not start with a backlash character.
2948@c NOTE: This confuses the pdf2texi script when it is creating the
2949@c NOTE: index based upon the first character and so it generates:
2950@c NOTE: \initial {\\}
2951@c NOTE: which then results in the error message:
2952@c NOTE: Argument of \\ has an extra }.
2953@c NOTE: So in the index entries below a space character has been
2954@c NOTE: prepended to avoid this problem.
252b5132
RH
2955@table @kbd
2956@c @item \a
2957@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2958@c
361fa3a4 2959@cindex @code{ \b} (backspace character)
252b5132
RH
2960@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2961@item \b
2962Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2963
2964@c @item \e
2965@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2966@c
361fa3a4 2967@cindex @code{ \f} (formfeed character)
252b5132 2968@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
361fa3a4 2969@item backslash-f
252b5132
RH
2970Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2971
361fa3a4 2972@cindex @code{ \n} (newline character)
252b5132
RH
2973@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2974@item \n
2975Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2976
2977@c @item \p
2978@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2979@c
361fa3a4
NC
2980@cindex @code{ \r} (carriage return character)
2981@cindex carriage return (@code{backslash-r})
252b5132
RH
2982@item \r
2983Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2984
2985@c @item \s
2986@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2987@c other assemblers.
2988@c
361fa3a4 2989@cindex @code{ \t} (tab)
252b5132
RH
2990@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2991@item \t
2992Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2993
2994@c @item \v
2995@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2996@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2997@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2998@c
361fa3a4 2999@cindex @code{ \@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
252b5132
RH
3000@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
3001@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
3002An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
3003For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
3004for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
3005
361fa3a4 3006@cindex @code{ \@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
252b5132
RH
3007@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
3008@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
3009A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
3010lower case @code{x} works.
3011
361fa3a4 3012@cindex @code{ \\} (@samp{\} character)
252b5132
RH
3013@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
3014@item \\
3015Represents one @samp{\} character.
3016
3017@c @item \'
3018@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
3019@c This is needed in single character literals
3020@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
3021@c a @samp{'}.
3022@c
361fa3a4 3023@cindex @code{ \"} (doublequote character)
252b5132
RH
3024@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
3025@item \"
3026Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
3027this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
3028
3029@item \ @var{anything-else}
3030Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
3031assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
3032you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
3033interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
3034other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
3035code and warns you of the fact.
3036@end table
3037
3038Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
3039varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
3040the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
3041compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
3042sequence.
3043
3044@node Chars
3045@subsubsection Characters
3046
3047@cindex single character constant
3048@cindex character, single
3049@cindex constant, single character
9962fe29
AM
3050A single character may be written as a single quote immediately followed by
3051that character. Some backslash escapes apply to characters, @code{\b},
3052@code{\f}, @code{\n}, @code{\r}, @code{\t}, and @code{\"} with the same meaning
3053as for strings, plus @code{\'} for a single quote. So if you want to write the
3054character backslash, you must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes
3055the second @code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a grave
3056accent. A newline
252b5132
RH
3057@ifclear GENERIC
3058@ifclear abnormal-separator
3059(or semicolon @samp{;})
3060@end ifclear
3061@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
3062@ifset H8
3063(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 3064Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
3065@end ifset
3066@end ifset
3067@end ifclear
3068immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
3069and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
3070constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 3071that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
3072@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
3073
3074@node Numbers
3075@subsection Number Constants
3076
3077@cindex constants, number
3078@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 3079@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
3080are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
3081would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
3082integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
3083are floating point numbers, described below.
3084
3085@menu
3086* Integers:: Integers
3087* Bignums:: Bignums
3088* Flonums:: Flonums
3089@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3090@end ifclear
3091@end menu
3092
3093@node Integers
3094@subsubsection Integers
3095@cindex integers
3096@cindex constants, integer
3097
3098@cindex binary integers
3099@cindex integers, binary
3100A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
3101the binary digits @samp{01}.
3102
3103@cindex octal integers
3104@cindex integers, octal
3105An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
3106digits (@samp{01234567}).
3107
3108@cindex decimal integers
3109@cindex integers, decimal
3110A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
3111more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
3112
3113@cindex hexadecimal integers
3114@cindex integers, hexadecimal
3115A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
3116more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
3117
3118Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
3119the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
3120(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
3121
3122@node Bignums
3123@subsubsection Bignums
3124
3125@cindex bignums
3126@cindex constants, bignum
3127A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
3128except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
3129represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
3130integers are permitted while bignums are not.
3131
3132@node Flonums
3133@subsubsection Flonums
3134@cindex flonums
3135@cindex floating point numbers
3136@cindex constants, floating point
3137
3138@cindex precision, floating point
3139A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
3140indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 3141@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
3142sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
3143to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 3144portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
3145
3146A flonum is written by writing (in order)
3147@itemize @bullet
3148@item
3149The digit @samp{0}.
3150@ifset HPPA
3151(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
3152@end ifset
3153
3154@item
a4fb0134 3155A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
3156@ifset GENERIC
3157@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
3158@ignore
3159@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
3160(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
31614.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
3162@end ignore
3163
a8eb42a8 3164On the H8/300 and Renesas / SuperH SH architectures, the letter must be
252b5132
RH
3165one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3166
3167On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
3168(in upper or lower case).
3169
252b5132
RH
3170On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
3171@end ifset
3172@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
3173@ifset ARC
3174One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
3175@end ifset
3176@ifset H8
3177One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
3178@end ifset
3179@ifset HPPA
3180The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
3181@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3182@end ifclear
3183
3184@item
3185An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3186
3187@item
3188An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
3189
3190@item
3191An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
3192or more decimal digits.
3193
3194@item
3195An optional exponent, consisting of:
3196
3197@itemize @bullet
3198@item
3199An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
3200@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
3201@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
3202@item
3203Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
3204@item
3205One or more decimal digits.
3206@end itemize
3207
3208@end itemize
3209
3210At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
3211present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
3212
a4fb0134 3213@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 3214independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 3215@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 3216
252b5132
RH
3217@node Sections
3218@chapter Sections and Relocation
3219@cindex sections
3220@cindex relocation
3221
3222@menu
3223* Secs Background:: Background
3224* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
3225* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
3226* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
3227* bss:: bss Section
3228@end menu
3229
3230@node Secs Background
3231@section Background
3232
3233Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
3234``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
3235For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
3236
3237@cindex linker, and assembler
3238@cindex assembler, and linker
3239The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 3240combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
3241emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
3242@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
3243different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 3244oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
3245sections.
3246
3247@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
3248addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
3249units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
3250within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
3251run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
3252the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
3253the proper run-time addresses.
3254@ifset H8
7be1c489 3255For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 3256@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
3257ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
3258@end ifset
3259
3260@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 3261An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
3262of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
3263@dfn{bss} sections.
3264
c1253627 3265@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 3266@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 3267When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 3268@end ifset
a4fb0134 3269@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
3270using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
3271If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
3272or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
3273@end ifset
3274
3275@ifset HPPA
3276@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 3277When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 3278@end ifset
a4fb0134 3279@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
3280specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
3281@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
3282(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
3283assembler directives.
3284
3285@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 3286Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
3287text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
3288is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
3289BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
3290@end ifset
3291@end ifset
3292
3293Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
3294data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
3295
3296@ifset HPPA
3297When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
3298section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
3299@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
3300@end ifset
3301
3302To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 3303relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
3304object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
3305@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
3306file is mentioned:
3307@itemize @bullet
3308@item
3309Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
3310an address?
3311@item
3312How long (in bytes) is this reference?
3313@item
3314Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
3315@display
3316(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
3317@end display
3318@item
3319Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
3320@end itemize
3321
3322@cindex addresses, format of
3323@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 3324In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
3325@display
3326(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3327@end display
3328@noindent
a4fb0134 3329Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3330nature.
3331@ifset SOM
3332(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3333symbol-relative instead.)
3334@end ifset
3335
3336In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3337@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3338
3339Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3340@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3341addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3342@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3343@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3344data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3345their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3346part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3347address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3348
3349The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3350address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3351rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3352Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3353address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3354common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3355time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3356
3357By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3358the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3359sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3360customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3361the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3362data and bss sections.
3363
3364Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3365use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3366
3367@node Ld Sections
3368@section Linker Sections
3369@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3370
3371@table @strong
3372
c1253627 3373@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3374@cindex named sections
3375@cindex sections, named
3376@item named sections
3377@end ifset
a8eb42a8 3378@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3379@cindex text section
3380@cindex data section
3381@itemx text section
3382@itemx data section
3383@end ifset
a4fb0134 3384These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3385separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627 3386true of another.
a8eb42a8 3387@c @ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3388When the program is running, however, it is
3389customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3390text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3391instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3392program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3393in the data section.
c1253627 3394@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3395
3396@cindex bss section
3397@item bss section
3398This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3399is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3400each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3401out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3402bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3403those explicit zeros from object files.
3404
3405@cindex absolute section
3406@item absolute section
3407Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3408This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3409not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3410addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3411
3412@cindex undefined section
3413@item undefined section
3414This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3415the preceding sections.
3416@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3417@end table
3418
3419@cindex relocation example
3420An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3421@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3422The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3423@end ifset
3424Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3425
3426@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3427@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3428@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3429@smallexample
3430 +-----+----+--+
3431partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3432 +-----+----+--+
3433
3434 text data bss
3435 seg. seg. seg.
3436
3437 +---+---+---+
3438partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3439 +---+---+---+
3440
3441 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3442linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3443 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3444
3445 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3446@end smallexample
3447@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3448@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3449@need 5000
3450@tex
c1253627 3451\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3452\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3453\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3454\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3455
3456\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3457\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3458\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3459
3460\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3461\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3462\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3463ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3464DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3465
3466\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3467\line{0\dots\hfil}
3468
3469@end tex
3470@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3471
3472@node As Sections
3473@section Assembler Internal Sections
3474
3475@cindex internal assembler sections
3476@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3477These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3478have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3479sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3480warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3481meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3482value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3483section-relative address.
3484
3485@table @b
3486@cindex assembler internal logic error
3487@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3488An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3489bug in the assembler.
3490
3491@cindex expr (internal section)
3492@item expr section
3493The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3494symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3495it in the expr section.
3496@c FIXME item debug
3497@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3498@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3499@c FIXME item register
3500@end table
3501
3502@node Sub-Sections
3503@section Sub-Sections
3504
3505@cindex numbered subsections
3506@cindex grouping data
a8eb42a8 3507@ifset aout
252b5132 3508Assembled bytes
c1253627 3509@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3510conventionally
3511@end ifset
3512fall into two sections: text and data.
3513@end ifset
3514You may have separate groups of
3515@ifset GENERIC
3516data in named sections
3517@end ifset
3518@ifclear GENERIC
a8eb42a8 3519@ifclear aout
252b5132
RH
3520data in named sections
3521@end ifclear
a8eb42a8 3522@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3523text or data
3524@end ifset
3525@end ifclear
3526that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3527are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3528use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3529numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3530same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3531subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3532section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3533assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3534section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3535constants being output.
3536
3537Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3538goes in subsection number zero.
3539
3540@ifset GENERIC
3541Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3542(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3543of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3544@end ifset
3545@ifclear GENERIC
3546@ifset H8
7be1c489 3547On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3548boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3549The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132 3550@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3551@end ifclear
3552
3553Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3554to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3555The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3556other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3557They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3558data subsections as a data section.
3559
3560To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3561into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3562@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3563@ifset COFF
252b5132 3564@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3565When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3566@end ifset
3567@ifclear GENERIC
3568You
3569@end ifclear
3570can also use an extra subsection
3571argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3572@var{expression}}.
3573@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3574@ifset ELF
3575@ifset GENERIC
3576When generating ELF output, you
3577@end ifset
3578@ifclear GENERIC
3579You
3580@end ifclear
3581can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3582to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3583@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3584@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3585(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3586is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3587begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3588@smallexample
3589.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3590.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3591.text 1
3592.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3593.data 0
3594.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3595.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3596.text 0
3597.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3598.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3599@end smallexample
3600
3601Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3602assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3603restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3604counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3605@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3606current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3607assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3608
3609@node bss
3610@section bss Section
3611
3612@cindex bss section
3613@cindex common variable storage
3614The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3615You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3616not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3617your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3618section are zeroed bytes.
3619
3620The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3621@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3622
3623The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3624another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3625
3626@ifset GENERIC
3627When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3628COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3629see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3630section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3631@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3632@end ifset
3633
3634@node Symbols
3635@chapter Symbols
3636
3637@cindex symbols
3638Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3639things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3640to debug.
3641
3642@quotation
3643@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3644@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3645the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3646@end quotation
3647
3648@menu
3649* Labels:: Labels
3650* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3651* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3652* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3653* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3654@end menu
3655
3656@node Labels
3657@section Labels
3658
3659@cindex labels
3660A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3661@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3662active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3663operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3664different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3665definitions.
3666
3667@ifset HPPA
3668On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3669colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3670a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3671provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3672@end ifset
3673
3674@node Setting Symbols
3675@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3676
3677@cindex assigning values to symbols
3678@cindex symbol values, assigning
3679A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3680by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3681(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3682directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3683equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3684@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3685
f8739b83
JZ
3686@ifset Blackfin
3687Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3688@end ifset
3689
252b5132
RH
3690@node Symbol Names
3691@section Symbol Names
3692
3693@cindex symbol names
3694@cindex names, symbol
3695@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3696Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3697machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3698noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3699string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3700particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3701@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3702@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3703@ifset H8
3704Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3705Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3706character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3707on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3708@end ifset
3709@end ifset
3710
3711Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3712than @code{Foo}.
3713
ed1fcdd1
NC
3714Symbol names do not start with a digit. An exception to this rule is made for
3715Local Labels. See below.
3716
7bfd842d
NC
3717Multibyte characters are supported. To generate a symbol name containing
3718multibyte characters enclose it within double quotes and use escape codes. cf
3719@xref{Strings}. Generating a multibyte symbol name from a label is not
3720currently supported.
3721
252b5132
RH
3722Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3723refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3724in a program.
3725
3726@subheading Local Symbol Names
3727
3728@cindex local symbol names
3729@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3730A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3731By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3732@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3733set of local label prefixes.
3734@ifset HPPA
3735On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3736@end ifset
3737
3738Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3739normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
5c9352f3
AM
3740You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols})
3741to retain the local symbols in the object files.
ba83aca1
BW
3742
3743@subheading Local Labels
3744
3745@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3746@cindex temporary symbol names
3747@cindex symbol names, temporary
ed1fcdd1
NC
3748Local labels are different from local symbols. Local labels help compilers and
3749programmers use names temporarily. They create symbols which are guaranteed to
3750be unique over the entire scope of the input source code and which can be
3751referred to by a simple notation. To define a local label, write a label of
9791c250
AM
3752the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N} represents any non-negative integer).
3753To refer to the most recent previous definition of that label write
3754@samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when you defined the label. To refer
3755to the next definition of a local label, write @samp{@b{N}f}. The @samp{b}
3756stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands for ``forwards''.
2d5aaba0
NC
3757
3758There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3759too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3760the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3761defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3762definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3763noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3764implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3765
3766Here is an example:
3767
3768@smallexample
37691: branch 1f
37702: branch 1b
37711: branch 2f
37722: branch 1b
3773@end smallexample
3774
3775Which is the equivalent of:
3776
3777@smallexample
3778label_1: branch label_3
3779label_2: branch label_1
3780label_3: branch label_4
3781label_4: branch label_3
3782@end smallexample
3783
ba83aca1 3784Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3785transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3786The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3787are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3788these parts:
252b5132
RH
3789
3790@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3791@item @emph{local label prefix}
3792All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3793Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3794that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3795used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3796@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3797object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3798you may use them in debugging.
3799
2d5aaba0
NC
3800@item @var{number}
3801This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3802label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3803
2d5aaba0
NC
3804@item @kbd{C-B}
3805This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3806of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3807
3808@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3809This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3810@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3811number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3812the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3813@end table
3814
ba83aca1
BW
3815So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3816the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3817
3818@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3819@cindex dollar local symbols
3820
ed1fcdd1
NC
3821On some targets @code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of
3822local labels called dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they
3823become undefined) as soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain
3824valid for only a small region of the input source code. Normal local labels,
3825by contrast, remain in scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined
3826by another occurrence of the same local label.
2d5aaba0
NC
3827
3828Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3829except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3830@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3831
3832They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3833names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3834to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3835@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3836
3837@node Dot
3838@section The Special Dot Symbol
3839
3840@cindex dot (symbol)
3841@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3842@cindex current address
3843@cindex location counter
3844The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3845@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3846.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3847Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3848directive.
252b5132 3849@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3850Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3851@samp{.space 4}.
3852@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3853
3854@node Symbol Attributes
3855@section Symbol Attributes
3856
3857@cindex symbol attributes
3858@cindex attributes, symbol
3859Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3860``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3861attributes.
3862@ifset INTERNALS
3863The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3864@end ifset
3865
a4fb0134 3866If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3867all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3868symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3869would want.
3870
3871@menu
3872* Symbol Value:: Value
3873* Symbol Type:: Type
a8eb42a8 3874@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3875* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3876@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3877@ifset COFF
3878* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3879@end ifset
3880@ifset SOM
3881* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3882@end ifset
3883@end menu
3884
3885@node Symbol Value
3886@subsection Value
3887
3888@cindex value of a symbol
3889@cindex symbol value
3890The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3891location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3892number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3893Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3894as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3895symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3896called absolute.
3897
3898The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
38990 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3900@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3901same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3902name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3903common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3904bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3905allocated storage.
3906
3907@node Symbol Type
3908@subsection Type
3909
3910@cindex type of a symbol
3911@cindex symbol type
3912The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3913information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3914(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3915format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3916
a8eb42a8 3917@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
3918@node a.out Symbols
3919@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3920
3921@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3922@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3923
252b5132
RH
3924@menu
3925* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3926* Symbol Other:: Other
3927@end menu
3928
3929@node Symbol Desc
3930@subsubsection Descriptor
3931
3932@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3933This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3934descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3935(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3936@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3937
3938@node Symbol Other
3939@subsubsection Other
3940
3941@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3942This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3943@end ifset
3944
3945@ifset COFF
3946@node COFF Symbols
3947@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3948
3949@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3950@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3951
3952The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3953like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3954@code{.endef} directives.
3955
3956@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3957
3958@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3959The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3960respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3961
3962@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3963
3964@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3965The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3966@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3967table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3968@end ifset
3969
3970@ifset SOM
3971@node SOM Symbols
3972@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3973
3974@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3975@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3976
3977The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3978the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3979
01642c12 3980The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3981Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3982@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3983@end ifset
3984
3985@node Expressions
3986@chapter Expressions
3987
3988@cindex expressions
3989@cindex addresses
3990@cindex numeric values
3991An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3992Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3993
3994The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3995a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3996enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3997section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3998the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3999@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
4000
4001@menu
4002* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
4003* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
4004@end menu
4005
4006@node Empty Exprs
4007@section Empty Expressions
4008
4009@cindex empty expressions
4010@cindex expressions, empty
4011An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
4012Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 4013expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
4014is compatible with other assemblers.
4015
4016@node Integer Exprs
4017@section Integer Expressions
4018
4019@cindex integer expressions
4020@cindex expressions, integer
4021An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
4022by @emph{operators}.
4023
4024@menu
4025* Arguments:: Arguments
4026* Operators:: Operators
4027* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
4028* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
4029@end menu
4030
4031@node Arguments
4032@subsection Arguments
4033
4034@cindex expression arguments
4035@cindex arguments in expressions
4036@cindex operands in expressions
4037@cindex arithmetic operands
4038@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
4039contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
4040this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
4041the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
4042expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
4043instruction operands.
4044
4045Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
4046@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
4047or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
4048integer.
4049
4050Numbers are usually integers.
4051
4052A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 4053that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
4054these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
4055instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
4056assemblers.
4057
4058@cindex subexpressions
4059Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
4060expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
4061operator followed by an argument.
4062
4063@node Operators
4064@subsection Operators
4065
4066@cindex operators, in expressions
4067@cindex arithmetic functions
4068@cindex functions, in expressions
4069@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
4070operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
4071between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
4072whitespace.
4073
4074@node Prefix Ops
4075@subsection Prefix Operator
4076
4077@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 4078@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
4079one argument, which must be absolute.
4080
4081@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
4082@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
4083@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
4084@tex
4085\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
4086@end tex
4087
4088@table @code
4089@item -
4090@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
4091@item ~
4092@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
4093@end table
4094
4095@tex
4096\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
4097@end tex
4098
4099@node Infix Ops
4100@subsection Infix Operators
4101
4102@cindex infix operators
4103@cindex operators, permitted arguments
4104@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
4105have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 4106to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
4107absolute, and the result is absolute.
4108
4109@enumerate
4110@cindex operator precedence
4111@cindex precedence of operators
4112
4113@item
4114Highest Precedence
4115
4116@table @code
4117@item *
4118@dfn{Multiplication}.
4119
4120@item /
4121@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
4122
4123@item %
4124@dfn{Remainder}.
4125
d1eac9d9 4126@item <<
252b5132
RH
4127@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
4128
d1eac9d9 4129@item >>
252b5132
RH
4130@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
4131@end table
4132
4133@item
4134Intermediate precedence
4135
4136@table @code
4137@item |
4138
4139@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
4140
4141@item &
4142@dfn{Bitwise And}.
4143
4144@item ^
4145@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
4146
4147@item !
4148@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
4149@end table
4150
4151@item
b131d4dc 4152Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
4153
4154@table @code
4155@cindex addition, permitted arguments
4156@cindex plus, permitted arguments
4157@cindex arguments for addition
4158@item +
4159@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
4160the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
4161sections.
4162
4163@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
4164@cindex minus, permitted arguments
4165@cindex arguments for subtraction
4166@item -
4167@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
4168result has the section of the left argument.
4169If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
4170You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
4171@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
4172
4173@cindex comparison expressions
4174@cindex expressions, comparison
4175@item ==
4176@dfn{Is Equal To}
4177@item <>
723a8472 4178@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
4179@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
4180@item <
4181@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 4182@item >
b131d4dc 4183@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 4184@item >=
b131d4dc 4185@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 4186@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
4187@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
4188
4189The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
4190value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
4191perform signed comparisons.
4192@end table
4193
4194@item Lowest Precedence
4195
4196@table @code
4197@item &&
4198@dfn{Logical And}.
4199
4200@item ||
4201@dfn{Logical Or}.
4202
4203These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
4204expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
4205value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
4206or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
4207
252b5132
RH
4208@end table
4209@end enumerate
4210
4211In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
4212address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
4213
4214@node Pseudo Ops
4215@chapter Assembler Directives
4216
4217@cindex directives, machine independent
4218@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
4219@cindex machine independent directives
4220All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
7e302352
RS
4221The names are case insensitive for most targets, and usually written
4222in lower case.
252b5132
RH
4223
4224This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
4225target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
4226@ifset GENERIC
4227Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
4228@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4229@end ifset
4230@ifclear GENERIC
4231@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 4232@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
4233@end ifset
4234@end ifclear
4235
4236@menu
4237* Abort:: @code{.abort}
4238@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 4239* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 4240@end ifset
f0dc282c 4241
252b5132 4242* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 4243* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
4244* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4245* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4246* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
d3b47e2b 4247* Bundle directives:: @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}, etc
252b5132 4248* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 4249* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 4250* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132 4251* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
340d33e5
NC
4252* Dc:: @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4253* Dcb:: @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4254* Ds:: @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
4255@ifset COFF
4256* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
4257@end ifset
a8eb42a8 4258@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
4259* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4260@end ifset
4261@ifset COFF
4262* Dim:: @code{.dim}
4263@end ifset
f0dc282c 4264
252b5132
RH
4265* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4266* Eject:: @code{.eject}
4267* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 4268* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
4269* End:: @code{.end}
4270@ifset COFF
4271* Endef:: @code{.endef}
4272@end ifset
f0dc282c 4273
252b5132
RH
4274* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
4275* Endif:: @code{.endif}
4276* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4277* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 4278* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 4279* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 4280* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
4281* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
4282* Extern:: @code{.extern}
4283* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 4284* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
4285* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4286* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 4287* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 4288* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 4289@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 4290* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
4291* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4292@end ifset
f0dc282c 4293
252b5132
RH
4294* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4295* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4296* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4297* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4298* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4299* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4300@ifset ELF
4301* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4302@end ifset
f0dc282c 4303
252b5132
RH
4304* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4305* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4306* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4307* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4308@ifclear no-line-dir
4309* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4310@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4311
252b5132
RH
4312* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4313* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4314* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4315* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4316* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4317@ifset ELF
4318* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4319@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4320
252b5132
RH
4321* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4322@ignore
4323* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4324@end ignore
f0dc282c 4325
252b5132
RH
4326* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4327* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4328* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132 4329* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
8f065d3b 4330* Nops:: @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
252b5132 4331* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
9aec2026 4332* Offset:: @code{.offset @var{loc}}
85234291
L
4333* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4334* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4335@ifset ELF
4336* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4337* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4338@end ifset
f0dc282c 4339
252b5132 4340* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4341@ifset ELF
4342* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4343@end ifset
f0dc282c 4344
252b5132
RH
4345* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4346* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4347@ifset ELF
4348* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4349@end ifset
f0dc282c 4350
252b5132 4351* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4352* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4353* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4354* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4355@ifset COFF
4356* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4357@end ifset
4358@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4359* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4360@end ifset
f0dc282c 4361
252b5132
RH
4362* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4363* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4364* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4365@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4366* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4367@end ifset
884f0d36 4368@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4369* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36
BW
4370@end ifclear
4371
252b5132 4372* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4373@ifclear no-space-dir
340d33e5 4374* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
884f0d36 4375@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4376@ifset have-stabs
4377* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4378@end ifset
f0dc282c 4379
38a57ae7 4380* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4381* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4382@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4383* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4384* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4385@end ifset
f0dc282c 4386
252b5132
RH
4387@ifset COFF
4388* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4389@end ifset
f0dc282c 4390
252b5132
RH
4391* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4392* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4393@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4394* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4395@end ifset
4396
c91d2e08 4397* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4398@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4399* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4400@end ifset
f0dc282c 4401
2e13b764 4402@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4403* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4404* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4405* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4406@end ifset
f0dc282c 4407
d190d046 4408* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4409* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4410* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132 4411* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7ce98c16
NC
4412@ifclear no-space-dir
4413* Zero:: @code{.zero @var{size}}
4414@end ifclear
2b841ec2
AM
4415@ifset ELF
4416* 2byte:: @code{.2byte @var{expressions}}
4417* 4byte:: @code{.4byte @var{expressions}}
4418* 8byte:: @code{.8byte @var{bignums}}
4419@end ifset
252b5132
RH
4420* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4421@end menu
4422
4423@node Abort
4424@section @code{.abort}
4425
4426@cindex @code{abort} directive
4427@cindex stopping the assembly
4428This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4429compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4430assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4431of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4432quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4433
4434@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4435@node ABORT (COFF)
4436@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4437
4438@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4439When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4440synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4441
252b5132
RH
4442@end ifset
4443
4444@node Align
4445@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4446
4447@cindex padding the location counter
4448@cindex @code{align} directive
4449Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4450boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4451required, as described below.
4452
4453The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4454padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4455padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4456marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4457with no-op instructions.
4458
4459The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4460it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4461directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4462specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4463fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4464required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4465with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4466
4467The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
a8eb42a8 4468For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, iq2000, m68k, or1k,
60946ad0 4469s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4470alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4471the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4472is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4473first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4474
9e9a9798 4475For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4476strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4477number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4478advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4479counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4480multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4481
4482This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4483native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4484GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4485described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4486architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4487
ccf8a69b
BW
4488@node Altmacro
4489@section @code{.altmacro}
4490Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4491
4492@ftable @code
4493@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4494One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4495generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4496replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4497replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4498separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4499define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4500
4501@item String delimiters
4502You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4503@code{"@var{string}"}:
4504
4505@table @code
4506@item '@var{string}'
4507You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4508
4509@item <@var{string}>
4510You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4511@end table
4512
4513@item single-character string escape
4514To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4515character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4516character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4517write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4518
4519@item Expression results as strings
4520You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4521and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4522@end ftable
4523
252b5132
RH
4524@node Ascii
4525@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4526
4527@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4528@cindex string literals
4529@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4530separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4531trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4532
4533@node Asciz
4534@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4535
4536@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4537@cindex zero-terminated strings
4538@cindex null-terminated strings
4539@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4540a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4541
4542@node Balign
4543@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4544
4545@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4546@cindex @code{balign} directive
4547Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4548storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4549alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4550the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4551is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4552
4553The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4554padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 4555padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
4556marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4557with no-op instructions.
4558
4559The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4560it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4561directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4562specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4563fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4564required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4565with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4566
4567@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4568@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4569The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4570@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4571pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4572fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
45734,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4574filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4575the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4576undefined.
4577
fa94de6b 4578@node Bundle directives
d3b47e2b
L
4579@section Bundle directives
4580@subsection @code{.bundle_align_mode @var{abs-expr}}
fa94de6b
RM
4581@cindex @code{bundle_align_mode} directive
4582@cindex bundle
4583@cindex instruction bundle
4584@cindex aligned instruction bundle
ec82c18e 4585@code{.bundle_align_mode} enables or disables @dfn{aligned instruction
fa94de6b 4586bundle} mode. In this mode, sequences of adjacent instructions are grouped
ec82c18e 4587into fixed-sized @dfn{bundles}. If the argument is zero, this mode is
27dcf5c0 4588disabled (which is the default state). If the argument it not zero, it
fa94de6b
RM
4589gives the size of an instruction bundle as a power of two (as for the
4590@code{.p2align} directive, @pxref{P2align}).
4591
4592For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that no instruction may span a
ec82c18e 4593certain aligned boundary. A @dfn{bundle} is simply a sequence of
fa94de6b
RM
4594instructions that starts on an aligned boundary. For example, if
4595@var{abs-expr} is @code{5} then the bundle size is 32, so each aligned
4596chunk of 32 bytes is a bundle. When aligned instruction bundle mode is in
4597effect, no single instruction may span a boundary between bundles. If an
4598instruction would start too close to the end of a bundle for the length of
4599that particular instruction to fit within the bundle, then the space at the
4600end of that bundle is filled with no-op instructions so the instruction
4601starts in the next bundle. As a corollary, it's an error if any single
4602instruction's encoding is longer than the bundle size.
4603
d3b47e2b 4604@subsection @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
fa94de6b
RM
4605@cindex @code{bundle_lock} directive
4606@cindex @code{bundle_unlock} directive
4607The @code{.bundle_lock} and directive @code{.bundle_unlock} directives
4608allow explicit control over instruction bundle padding. These directives
4609are only valid when @code{.bundle_align_mode} has been used to enable
4610aligned instruction bundle mode. It's an error if they appear when
4611@code{.bundle_align_mode} has not been used at all, or when the last
4612directive was @w{@code{.bundle_align_mode 0}}.
4613
4614@cindex bundle-locked
4615For some targets, it's an ABI requirement that certain instructions may
4616appear only as part of specified permissible sequences of multiple
4617instructions, all within the same bundle. A pair of @code{.bundle_lock}
ec82c18e 4618and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives define a @dfn{bundle-locked}
fa94de6b
RM
4619instruction sequence. For purposes of aligned instruction bundle mode, a
4620sequence starting with @code{.bundle_lock} and ending with
4621@code{.bundle_unlock} is treated as a single instruction. That is, the
4622entire sequence must fit into a single bundle and may not span a bundle
4623boundary. If necessary, no-op instructions will be inserted before the
4624first instruction of the sequence so that the whole sequence starts on an
4625aligned bundle boundary. It's an error if the sequence is longer than the
4626bundle size.
4627
d416e51d
RM
4628For convenience when using @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock}
4629inside assembler macros (@pxref{Macro}), bundle-locked sequences may be
4630nested. That is, a second @code{.bundle_lock} directive before the next
4631@code{.bundle_unlock} directive has no effect except that it must be
4632matched by another closing @code{.bundle_unlock} so that there is the
4633same number of @code{.bundle_lock} and @code{.bundle_unlock} directives.
fa94de6b 4634
252b5132
RH
4635@node Byte
4636@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4637
4638@cindex @code{byte} directive
4639@cindex integers, one byte
4640@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4641Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4642
54cfded0 4643@node CFI directives
d3b47e2b
L
4644@section CFI directives
4645@subsection @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
38462edf
JJ
4646@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4647@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4648should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4649If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4650if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4651To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4652directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4653
2f0c68f2
CM
4654On targets that support compact unwinding tables these can be generated
4655by specifying @code{.eh_frame_entry} instead of @code{.eh_frame}.
4656
bd5608dc
NC
4657Some targets may support an additional name, such as @code{.c6xabi.exidx}
4658which is used by the @value{TIC6X} target.
4659
4660The @code{.cfi_sections} directive can be repeated, with the same or different
4661arguments, provided that CFI generation has not yet started. Once CFI
4662generation has started however the section list is fixed and any attempts to
4663redefine it will result in an error.
4664
d3b47e2b 4665@subsection @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4666@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4667@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4668should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4669data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4670@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4671
01642c12 4672Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4673it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4674
d3b47e2b 4675@subsection @code{.cfi_endproc}
54cfded0
AM
4676@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4677@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4678unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4679@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4680
d3b47e2b 4681@subsection @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
2f0c68f2 4682@cindex @code{cfi_personality} directive
9b8ae42e
JJ
4683@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4684@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4685should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4686argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4687a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4688the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4689can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4690The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4691no personality routine.
4692
2f0c68f2
CM
4693@subsection @code{.cfi_personality_id @var{id}}
4694@cindex @code{cfi_personality_id} directive
4695@code{cfi_personality_id} defines a personality routine by its index as
4696defined in a compact unwinding format.
4697Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4698with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4699
4700@subsection @code{.cfi_fde_data [@var{opcode1} [, @dots{}]]}
4701@cindex @code{cfi_fde_data} directive
4702@code{cfi_fde_data} is used to describe the compact unwind opcodes to be
4703used for the current function. These are emitted inline in the
4704@code{.eh_frame_entry} section if small enough and there is no LSDA, or
4705in the @code{.gnu.extab} section otherwise.
4706Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4707with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4708
d3b47e2b 4709@subsection @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
9b8ae42e
JJ
4710@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4711@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
2f0c68f2
CM
4712should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), the second
4713argument is not present, otherwise the second argument should be a constant
9b8ae42e 4714or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
2f0c68f2
CM
4715meaning that no LSDA is present.
4716
4717@subsection @code{.cfi_inline_lsda} [@var{align}]
4718@code{.cfi_inline_lsda} marks the start of a LSDA data section and
4719switches to the corresponding @code{.gnu.extab} section.
4720Must be preceded by a CFI block containing a @code{.cfi_lsda} directive.
4721Only valid when generating compact EH frames (i.e.
4722with @code{.cfi_sections eh_frame_entry}.
4723
4724The table header and unwinding opcodes will be generated at this point,
4725so that they are immediately followed by the LSDA data. The symbol
4726referenced by the @code{.cfi_lsda} directive should still be defined
4727in case a fallback FDE based encoding is used. The LSDA data is terminated
4728by a section directive.
4729
4730The optional @var{align} argument specifies the alignment required.
4731The alignment is specified as a power of two, as with the
4732@code{.p2align} directive.
9b8ae42e 4733
d3b47e2b 4734@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4735@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4736address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4737
d3b47e2b 4738@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
54cfded0
AM
4739@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4740now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4741remains the same.
4742
d3b47e2b 4743@subsection @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0
AM
4744@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4745remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4746absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4747CFA address.
4748
d3b47e2b 4749@subsection @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4750Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
33eaf5de 4751value that is added/subtracted from the previous offset.
54cfded0 4752
d3b47e2b 4753@subsection @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
54cfded0 4754Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4755CFA.
54cfded0 4756
084303b8
AK
4757@subsection @code{.cfi_val_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4758Previous value of @var{register} is CFA + @var{offset}.
4759
d3b47e2b 4760@subsection @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
17076204
RH
4761Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4762the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4763using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4764This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4765code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4766
d3b47e2b 4767@subsection @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4b7d318b
L
4768Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4769
d3b47e2b 4770@subsection @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4771@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4772same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4773instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4774
d3b47e2b 4775@subsection @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4b7d318b
L
4776From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4777
d3b47e2b 4778@subsection @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4779Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4780i.e. no restoration needed.
4781
48eac74c
MG
4782@subsection @code{.cfi_remember_state} and @code{.cfi_restore_state}
4783@code{.cfi_remember_state} pushes the set of rules for every register onto an
4784implicit stack, while @code{.cfi_restore_state} pops them off the stack and
4785places them in the current row. This is useful for situations where you have
4786multiple @code{.cfi_*} directives that need to be undone due to the control
4787flow of the program. For example, we could have something like this (assuming
4788the CFA is the value of @code{rbp}):
4789
4790@smallexample
4791 je label
4792 popq %rbx
4793 .cfi_restore %rbx
4794 popq %r12
4795 .cfi_restore %r12
4796 popq %rbp
4797 .cfi_restore %rbp
4798 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4799 ret
4800label:
4801 /* Do something else */
4802@end smallexample
4803
4804Here, we want the @code{.cfi} directives to affect only the rows corresponding
4805to the instructions before @code{label}. This means we'd have to add multiple
4806@code{.cfi} directives after @code{label} to recreate the original save
4807locations of the registers, as well as setting the CFA back to the value of
4808@code{rbp}. This would be clumsy, and result in a larger binary size. Instead,
4809we can write:
4810
4811@smallexample
4812 je label
4813 popq %rbx
4814 .cfi_remember_state
4815 .cfi_restore %rbx
4816 popq %r12
4817 .cfi_restore %r12
4818 popq %rbp
4819 .cfi_restore %rbp
4820 .cfi_def_cfa %rsp, 8
4821 ret
4822label:
4823 .cfi_restore_state
4824 /* Do something else */
4825@end smallexample
4826
4827That way, the rules for the instructions after @code{label} will be the same
4828as before the first @code{.cfi_restore} without having to use multiple
4829@code{.cfi} directives.
4b7d318b 4830
d3b47e2b 4831@subsection @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4832Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4833directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4834
d3b47e2b 4835@subsection @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
63752a75
JJ
4836Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4837
d3b47e2b 4838@subsection @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4839SPARC register window has been saved.
4840
d3b47e2b 4841@subsection @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
cdfbf930
RH
4842Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4843might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4844opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4845
d3b47e2b 4846@subsection @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
f1c4cc75
RH
4847The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4848will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4849description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4850
4851The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4852limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4853mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4854by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4855or another register.
4856
ccf8a69b
BW
4857@node Comm
4858@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4859
ccf8a69b
BW
4860@cindex @code{comm} directive
4861@cindex symbol, common
4862@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4863common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4864of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4865definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4866allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4867absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4868the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4869using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4870
c1711530
DK
4871@ifset COFF-ELF
4872When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4873an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4874specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4875that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4876as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4877boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4878power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4879common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4880alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4881largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4882maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4883is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4884@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4885multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4886It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4887(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4888@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4889
ccf8a69b
BW
4890@ifset HPPA
4891The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4892@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4893@end ifset
07a53e5c 4894
252b5132
RH
4895@node Data
4896@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
252b5132 4897@cindex @code{data} directive
340d33e5 4898
a4fb0134 4899@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4900end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4901absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4902to zero.
4903
340d33e5
NC
4904@node Dc
4905@section @code{.dc[@var{size}] @var{expressions}}
4906@cindex @code{dc} directive
4907
46c685ac 4908The @code{.dc} directive expects zero or more @var{expressions} separated by
340d33e5
NC
4909commas. These expressions are evaluated and their values inserted into the
4910current section. The size of the emitted value depends upon the suffix to the
4911@code{.dc} directive:
4912
4913@table @code
4914@item @samp{.a}
4915Emits N-bit values, where N is the size of an address on the target system.
4916@item @samp{.b}
4917Emits 8-bit values.
4918@item @samp{.d}
4919Emits double precision floating-point values.
4920@item @samp{.l}
4921Emits 32-bit values.
4922@item @samp{.s}
4923Emits single precision floating-point values.
4924@item @samp{.w}
4925Emits 16-bit values.
4926Note - this is true even on targets where the @code{.word} directive would emit
492732-bit values.
4928@item @samp{.x}
4929Emits long double precision floating-point values.
4930@end table
4931
4932If no suffix is used then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4933
d7c79856
MR
4934The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4935point values.
340d33e5
NC
4936
4937@node Dcb
4938@section @code{.dcb[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4939@cindex @code{dcb} directive
4940This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4941bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4942comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4943@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4944
4945@table @code
4946@item @samp{.b}
4947Emits single byte values.
4948@item @samp{.d}
4949Emits double-precision floating point values.
4950@item @samp{.l}
4951Emits 4-byte values.
4952@item @samp{.s}
4953Emits single-precision floating point values.
4954@item @samp{.w}
4955Emits 2-byte values.
4956@item @samp{.x}
4957Emits long double-precision floating point values.
4958@end table
4959
4960If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4961
4962The byte ordering is target dependent, as is the size and format of floating
4963point values.
4964
4965@node Ds
4966@section @code{.ds[@var{size}] @var{number} [,@var{fill}]}
4967@cindex @code{ds} directive
4968This directive emits @var{number} copies of @var{fill}, each of @var{size}
4969bytes. Both @var{number} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the
4970comma and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. The
4971@var{size} suffix, if present, must be one of:
4972
4973@table @code
4974@item @samp{.b}
4975Emits single byte values.
4976@item @samp{.d}
4977Emits 8-byte values.
4978@item @samp{.l}
4979Emits 4-byte values.
4980@item @samp{.p}
4981Emits 12-byte values.
4982@item @samp{.s}
4983Emits 4-byte values.
4984@item @samp{.w}
4985Emits 2-byte values.
4986@item @samp{.x}
4987Emits 12-byte values.
4988@end table
4989
4990Note - unlike the @code{.dcb} directive the @samp{.d}, @samp{.s} and @samp{.x}
d7c79856 4991suffixes do not indicate that floating-point values are to be inserted.
340d33e5
NC
4992
4993If the @var{size} suffix is omitted then @samp{.w} is assumed.
4994
d7c79856 4995The byte ordering is target dependent.
340d33e5
NC
4996
4997
252b5132
RH
4998@ifset COFF
4999@node Def
5000@section @code{.def @var{name}}
5001
5002@cindex @code{def} directive
5003@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
5004@cindex debugging COFF symbols
5005Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
5006definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
252b5132
RH
5007@end ifset
5008
a8eb42a8 5009@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5010@node Desc
5011@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
5012
5013@cindex @code{desc} directive
5014@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
5015@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
5016This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
5017to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
5018
5019@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 5020The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 5021configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 5022object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
5023it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
5024@end ifset
5025@end ifset
5026
5027@ifset COFF
5028@node Dim
5029@section @code{.dim}
5030
5031@cindex @code{dim} directive
5032@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
5033@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
5034This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
5035information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
5036@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
252b5132
RH
5037@end ifset
5038
5039@node Double
5040@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
5041
5042@cindex @code{double} directive
5043@cindex floating point numbers (double)
5044@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5045assembles floating point numbers.
5046@ifset GENERIC
5047The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5048@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
5049@end ifset
5050@ifclear GENERIC
5051@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5052On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
5053in @sc{ieee} format.
5054@end ifset
5055@end ifclear
5056
5057@node Eject
5058@section @code{.eject}
5059
5060@cindex @code{eject} directive
5061@cindex new page, in listings
5062@cindex page, in listings
5063@cindex listing control: new page
5064Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
5065
5066@node Else
5067@section @code{.else}
5068
5069@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 5070@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5071assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
5072of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
5073was false.
5074
3fd9f047
TW
5075@node Elseif
5076@section @code{.elseif}
5077
5078@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 5079@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 5080assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
5081@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
5082
252b5132
RH
5083@node End
5084@section @code{.end}
5085
5086@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 5087@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
5088process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
5089
5090@ifset COFF
5091@node Endef
5092@section @code{.endef}
5093
5094@cindex @code{endef} directive
5095This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
5096@code{.def}.
252b5132
RH
5097@end ifset
5098
5099@node Endfunc
5100@section @code{.endfunc}
5101@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
5102@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
5103
5104@node Endif
5105@section @code{.endif}
5106
5107@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 5108@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
5109it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
5110conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
5111
5112@node Equ
5113@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5114
5115@cindex @code{equ} directive
5116@cindex assigning values to symbols
5117@cindex symbols, assigning values to
5118This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 5119It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
5120
5121@ifset HPPA
01642c12 5122The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
5123@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
5124@end ifset
5125
3c9b82ba 5126@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
5127The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
5128@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
33eaf5de 5129On the Z80 it is an error if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 5130but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 5131Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
5132@end ifset
5133
252b5132
RH
5134@node Equiv
5135@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5136@cindex @code{equiv} directive
5137The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
5138the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
5139symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
5140undefined.
252b5132 5141
01642c12 5142Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
5143@smallexample
5144.ifdef SYM
5145.err
5146.endif
5147.equ SYM,VAL
5148@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
5149plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
5150
5151@node Eqv
5152@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5153@cindex @code{eqv} directive
5154The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
5155evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
5156the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
5157value is taken.
252b5132
RH
5158
5159@node Err
5160@section @code{.err}
5161@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
5162If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
5163message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 5164object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 5165
d190d046
HPN
5166@node Error
5167@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
5168@cindex error directive
5169
5170Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
5171string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
5172message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
5173@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
5174
5175@smallexample
5176 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
5177@end smallexample
5178
252b5132
RH
5179@node Exitm
5180@section @code{.exitm}
5181Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
5182
5183@node Extern
5184@section @code{.extern}
5185
5186@cindex @code{extern} directive
5187@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 5188with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
5189all undefined symbols as external.
5190
5191@node Fail
5192@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
5193
5194@cindex @code{fail} directive
5195Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
5196or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
5197than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
5198include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
5199complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
5200
252b5132 5201@node File
14082c76 5202@section @code{.file}
252b5132 5203@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
5204
5205@ifclear no-file-dir
5206There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
5207that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
5208@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
5209
5210@subheading Default Version
5211
252b5132
RH
5212@cindex logical file name
5213@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
5214This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
5215are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
5216
5217@smallexample
5218.file @var{string}
5219@end smallexample
5220
5221@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
5222recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
5223to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
5224statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 5225old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
5226
5227@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
5228@end ifclear
5229
14082c76
BW
5230When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
5231to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
5232
5233@smallexample
5234.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
5235@end smallexample
5236
5237The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
5238index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
5239literal.
5240
5241The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
5242table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
5243information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
5244entries will have.
5245
252b5132
RH
5246@node Fill
5247@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
5248
5249@cindex @code{fill} directive
5250@cindex writing patterns in memory
5251@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 5252@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
5253This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
5254may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
5255more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
5256other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
5257is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
5258zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 5259byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
5260Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
5261@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
5262compatible with other people's assemblers.
5263
5264@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
5265If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
5266assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
5267@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
5268
5269@node Float
5270@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
5271
5272@cindex floating point numbers (single)
5273@cindex @code{float} directive
5274This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
5275has the same effect as @code{.single}.
5276@ifset GENERIC
5277The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 5278@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
5279@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
5280@end ifset
5281@ifclear GENERIC
5282@ifset IEEEFLOAT
5283On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
5284in @sc{ieee} format.
5285@end ifset
5286@end ifclear
5287
5288@node Func
5289@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
5290@cindex @code{func} directive
5291@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
5292is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 5293Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
5294@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
5295prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
5296@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
5297All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
5298The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
5299
5300@node Global
5301@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
5302
5303@cindex @code{global} directive
5304@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
5305@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
5306@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
5307other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
5308@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
5309from another file linked into the same program.
5310
5311Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
5312compatibility with other assemblers.
5313
5314@ifset HPPA
5315On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
5316partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 5317@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
5318@end ifset
5319
c91d2e08 5320@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
5321@node Gnu_attribute
5322@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
5323Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
5324
c91d2e08
NC
5325@node Hidden
5326@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
5327
c1253627
NC
5328@cindex @code{hidden} directive
5329@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5330This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5331@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 5332@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5333
5334This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5335their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5336@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 5337Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
5338@end ifset
5339
252b5132
RH
5340@node hword
5341@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
5342
5343@cindex @code{hword} directive
5344@cindex integers, 16-bit
5345@cindex numbers, 16-bit
5346@cindex sixteen bit integers
5347This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
5348a 16 bit number for each.
5349
5350@ifset GENERIC
5351This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
5352architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
5353@end ifset
5354@ifclear GENERIC
5355@ifset W32
5356This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
5357@end ifset
5358@ifset W16
5359This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
5360@end ifset
5361@end ifclear
5362
5363@node Ident
5364@section @code{.ident}
5365
5366@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
5367
5368This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
5369behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
5370a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
5371source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
5372for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
5373@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
5374emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
5375
5376@node If
5377@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
5378
5379@cindex conditional assembly
5380@cindex @code{if} directive
5381@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
5382considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
5383(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
5384the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
5385(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
5386alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
5387If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
5388nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
5389
5390The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
5391@table @code
5392@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
5393@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
5394Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5395has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
5396is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 5397
26aca5f6
JB
5398@cindex @code{ifb} directive
5399@item .ifb @var{text}
5400Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
5401
252b5132
RH
5402@cindex @code{ifc} directive
5403@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
5404Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
5405strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
5406the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
5407end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
5408string comparison is case sensitive.
5409
5410@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
5411@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
5412Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
5413
5414@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
5415@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
5416Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
5417
5418@cindex @code{ifge} directive
5419@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
5420Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
5421equal to zero.
5422
5423@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
5424@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
5425Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
5426
5427@cindex @code{ifle} directive
5428@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
5429Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
5430to zero.
5431
5432@cindex @code{iflt} directive
5433@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
5434Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
5435
26aca5f6
JB
5436@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
5437@item .ifnb @var{text}
5438Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5439following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
5440
252b5132
RH
5441@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
5442@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
5443Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5444following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5445
5446@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
5447@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
5448@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
5449@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
5450Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
5451has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
5452which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
5453
5454@cindex @code{ifne} directive
5455@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
5456Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
5457(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
5458
5459@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
5460@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
5461Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
5462following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
5463@end table
5464
7e005732
NC
5465@node Incbin
5466@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
5467
5468@cindex @code{incbin} directive
5469@cindex binary files, including
5470The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
5471location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
5472option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5473around @var{file}.
5474
5475The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
5476@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
5477read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
5478responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
5479after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 5480
252b5132
RH
5481@node Include
5482@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
5483
5484@cindex @code{include} directive
5485@cindex supporting files, including
5486@cindex files, including
5487This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
5488points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
5489if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
5490included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
5491can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
5492(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
5493around @var{file}.
5494
5495@node Int
5496@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
5497
5498@cindex @code{int} directive
5499@cindex integers, 32-bit
5500Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
5501For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
5502expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
5503of target the assembly is for.
5504
5505@ifclear GENERIC
5506@ifset H8
7be1c489 5507On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 5508integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
550932-bit integers.
5510@end ifset
5511@end ifclear
5512
c91d2e08
NC
5513@ifset ELF
5514@node Internal
5515@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
5516
c1253627
NC
5517@cindex @code{internal} directive
5518@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5519This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 5520@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 5521@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
5522
5523This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5524their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5525@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5526(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5527processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5528@end ifset
5529
252b5132
RH
5530@node Irp
5531@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5532
5533@cindex @code{irp} directive
5534Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5535The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5536terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5537set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5538@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5539@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5540sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5541
5542For example, assembling
5543
5544@example
5545 .irp param,1,2,3
5546 move d\param,sp@@-
5547 .endr
5548@end example
5549
5550is equivalent to assembling
5551
5552@example
5553 move d1,sp@@-
5554 move d2,sp@@-
5555 move d3,sp@@-
5556@end example
5557
96e9638b 5558For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5559
252b5132
RH
5560@node Irpc
5561@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5562
5563@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5564Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5565The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5566terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5567@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5568assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5569assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5570@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5571
5572For example, assembling
5573
5574@example
5575 .irpc param,123
5576 move d\param,sp@@-
5577 .endr
5578@end example
5579
5580is equivalent to assembling
5581
5582@example
5583 move d1,sp@@-
5584 move d2,sp@@-
5585 move d3,sp@@-
5586@end example
5587
5e75c3ab
JB
5588For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5589at @xref{Macro}.
5590
252b5132
RH
5591@node Lcomm
5592@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5593
5594@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5595@cindex local common symbols
5596@cindex symbols, local common
5597Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5598denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5599those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5600section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5601is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5602not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5603
5604@ifset GENERIC
5605Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5606argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5607@end ifset
5608
5609@ifset HPPA
5610The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5611@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5612@end ifset
5613
5614@node Lflags
5615@section @code{.lflags}
5616
5617@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5618@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5619assemblers, but ignores it.
5620
5621@ifclear no-line-dir
5622@node Line
5623@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5624
5625@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132 5626@cindex logical line number
a8eb42a8 5627@ifset aout
252b5132
RH
5628Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5629expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5630statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5631reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5632@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5633for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5634@end ifset
5635
252b5132 5636Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5637@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5638when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5639were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5640@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5641
5642Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5643used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5644debugging.
5645@end ifclear
5646
5647@node Linkonce
5648@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5649@cindex COMDAT
5650@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5651@cindex common sections
5652Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5653This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5654but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5655The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5656Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5657unique.
5658
5659This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5660writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5661Executable format used on Windows NT.
5662
5663The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5664following strings. For example:
5665@smallexample
5666.linkonce same_size
5667@end smallexample
5668Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5669
5670@table @code
5671@item discard
5672Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5673
5674@item one_only
5675Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5676
5677@item same_size
5678Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5679
5680@item same_contents
5681Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5682@end table
5683
ccf8a69b
BW
5684@node List
5685@section @code{.list}
5686
5687@cindex @code{list} directive
5688@cindex listing control, turning on
5689Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5690not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5691internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5692counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5693generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5694
5695By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5696@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5697the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5698
252b5132
RH
5699@node Ln
5700@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5701
5702@cindex @code{ln} directive
5703@ifclear no-line-dir
5704@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5705@end ifclear
5706@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5707Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5708must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5709line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5710statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5711line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
252b5132
RH
5712@end ifset
5713
ccf8a69b
BW
5714@node Loc
5715@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5716@cindex @code{loc} directive
5717When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5718the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5719number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5720instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5721arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5722the row is added.
252b5132 5723
ccf8a69b
BW
5724The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5725
5726@table @code
5727@item basic_block
5728This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5729@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5730
5731@item prologue_end
5732This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5733@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5734
5735@item epilogue_begin
5736This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5737@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5738
5739@item is_stmt @var{value}
5740This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5741@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5742either 0 or 1.
5743
5744@item isa @var{value}
5745This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5746state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5747
92846e72
CC
5748@item discriminator @var{value}
5749This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5750state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5751
ba8826a8
AO
5752@item view @var{value}
5753This option causes a row to be added to @code{.debug_line} in reference to the
5754current address (which might not be the same as that of the following assembly
5755instruction), and to associate @var{value} with the @code{view} register in the
5756@code{.debug_line} state machine. If @var{value} is a label, both the
5757@code{view} register and the label are set to the number of prior @code{.loc}
5758directives at the same program location. If @var{value} is the literal
5759@code{0}, the @code{view} register is set to zero, and the assembler asserts
5760that there aren't any prior @code{.loc} directives at the same program
5761location. If @var{value} is the literal @code{-0}, the assembler arrange for
5762the @code{view} register to be reset in this row, even if there are prior
5763@code{.loc} directives at the same program location.
5764
ccf8a69b
BW
5765@end table
5766
5767@node Loc_mark_labels
5768@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5769@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5770When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5771the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5772to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5773register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5774The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5775this function respectively.
252b5132 5776
4d4175af
BW
5777@ifset ELF
5778@node Local
5779@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5780
5781@cindex @code{local} directive
5782This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5783the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5784will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5785they will be created.
5786
5787For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5788accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5789the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5790(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5791@end ifset
5792
252b5132
RH
5793@node Long
5794@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5795
5796@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5797@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5798
5799@ignore
5800@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5801@c what it really ought to do
5802@node Lsym
5803@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5804
5805@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5806@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5807@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5808the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5809rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5810the same as the expression value:
5811@smallexample
5812@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5813@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5814@var{value} = @var{expression}
5815@end smallexample
5816@noindent
5817The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5818@end ignore
5819
5820@node Macro
5821@section @code{.macro}
5822
5823@cindex macros
5824The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5825generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5826@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5827
5828@example
5829 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5830 .long \from
5831 .if \to-\from
5832 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5833 .endif
5834 .endm
5835@end example
5836
5837@noindent
5838With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5839
5840@example
5841 .long 0
5842 .long 1
5843 .long 2
5844 .long 3
5845 .long 4
5846 .long 5
5847@end example
5848
5849@ftable @code
5850@item .macro @var{macname}
5851@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5852@cindex @code{macro} directive
5853Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5854definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5855separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5856indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5857@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5858(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5859macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5860cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5861subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5862definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5863
5864@table @code
5865@item .macro comm
5866Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5867arguments.
5868
6258339f 5869@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5870@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5871Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5872which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5873@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5874
5875@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5876Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5877arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5878After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5879@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5880@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5881,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5882@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5883
6eaeac8a
JB
5884@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5885Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5886arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5887not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5888will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5889
252b5132
RH
5890When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5891position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5892@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5893
6258339f
NC
5894@end table
5895
5e75c3ab
JB
5896Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5897as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5898occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5899characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5900(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5901architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5902character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5903replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5904construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5905identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5906this macro definition:
5907
5908@example
5909 .macro label l
5910\l:
5911 .endm
5912@end example
5913
5914might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5915called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5916assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5917identifier.
5918
5919Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5920which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5921for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5922length specifier like this:
5923
5924@example
5925 .macro opcode base length
5926 \base.\length
5927 .endm
5928@end example
5929
5930and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5931instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5932interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5933
5934There are several possible ways around this problem:
5935
5936@table @code
5937@item Insert white space
5938If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5939solution. eg:
5940
5941@example
5942 .macro label l
5943\l :
5944 .endm
5945@end example
5946
5947@item Use @samp{\()}
5948The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5949the following text. eg:
5950
5951@example
5952 .macro opcode base length
5953 \base\().\length
5954 .endm
5955@end example
5956
5957@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5958In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5959used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5960
5961@example
5962 .altmacro
5963 .macro label l
5964l&:
5965 .endm
5966@end example
6258339f 5967@end table
5e75c3ab 5968
96e9638b 5969Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5970also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5971and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5972
252b5132
RH
5973@item .endm
5974@cindex @code{endm} directive
5975Mark the end of a macro definition.
5976
5977@item .exitm
5978@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5979Exit early from the current macro definition.
5980
5981@cindex number of macros executed
5982@cindex macros, count executed
5983@item \@@
a4fb0134 5984@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5985executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5986output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5987
252b5132
RH
5988@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5989@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5990macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5991@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5992@end ftable
252b5132 5993
ccf8a69b
BW
5994@node MRI
5995@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5996
ccf8a69b
BW
5997@cindex @code{mri} directive
5998@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5999If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
6000@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
6001affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
6002of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 6003
caa32fe5
NC
6004@node Noaltmacro
6005@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 6006Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 6007
252b5132
RH
6008@node Nolist
6009@section @code{.nolist}
6010
6011@cindex @code{nolist} directive
6012@cindex listing control, turning off
6013Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
6014not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
6015internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
6016counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
6017generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
6018
8f065d3b
L
6019@node Nops
6020@section @code{.nops @var{size}[, @var{control}]}
62a02d25 6021
8f065d3b 6022@cindex @code{nops} directive
62a02d25
L
6023@cindex filling memory with no-op instructions
6024This directive emits @var{size} bytes filled with no-op instructions.
6025@var{size} is absolute expression, which must be a positve value.
6026@var{control} controls how no-op instructions should be generated. If
6027the comma and @var{control} are omitted, @var{control} is assumed to be
6028zero.
6029
6030Note: For Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 targets, @var{control} specifies
6031the size limit of a no-op instruction. The valid values of @var{control}
3ae729d5
L
6032are between 0 and 4 in 16-bit mode, between 0 and 7 when tuning for
6033older processors in 32-bit mode, between 0 and 11 in 64-bit mode or when
6034tuning for newer processors in 32-bit mode. When 0 is used, the no-op
6035instruction size limit is set to the maximum supported size.
62a02d25 6036
252b5132
RH
6037@node Octa
6038@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
6039
a8eb42a8 6040@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on some? Or warn?
252b5132
RH
6041@cindex @code{octa} directive
6042@cindex integer, 16-byte
6043@cindex sixteen byte integer
6044This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
6045bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
6046
6047The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6048hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
6049
9aec2026
NC
6050@node Offset
6051@section @code{.offset @var{loc}}
6052
6053@cindex @code{offset} directive
6054Set the location counter to @var{loc} in the absolute section. @var{loc} must
6055be an absolute expression. This directive may be useful for defining
6056symbols with absolute values. Do not confuse it with the @code{.org}
fa94de6b 6057directive.
9aec2026 6058
252b5132
RH
6059@node Org
6060@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
6061
6062@cindex @code{org} directive
6063@cindex location counter, advancing
6064@cindex advancing location counter
6065@cindex current address, advancing
6066Advance the location counter of the current section to
6067@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
6068expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
6069you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
6070wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
6071with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 6072@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6073is the same as the current subsection.
6074
6075@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
6076unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
6077backwards.
6078
6079@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
6080@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
6081@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 6082Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
6083may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
6084a chance to share your improved assembler.
6085
6086Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
6087to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
6088people's assemblers.
6089
6090When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
6091intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
6092absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
6093@var{fill} defaults to zero.
6094
6095@node P2align
6096@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
6097
6098@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
6099@cindex @code{p2align} directive
6100Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
6101storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
6102number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
6103advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
6104counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
6105multiple of 8, no change is needed.
6106
6107The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
6108padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
2ca23e65 6109padding bytes are normally zero. However, on most systems, if the section is
252b5132
RH
6110marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
6111with no-op instructions.
6112
6113The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
6114it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
6115directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
6116specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
6117fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
6118required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
6119with no-op instructions when appropriate.
6120
6121@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
6122@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
6123The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
6124@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
6125pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
6126fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
61272,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
6128filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
6129the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
6130undefined.
6131
ccf8a69b
BW
6132@ifset ELF
6133@node PopSection
6134@section @code{.popsection}
6135
6136@cindex @code{popsection} directive
6137@cindex Section Stack
6138This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6139@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6140@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
6141(@pxref{Previous}).
6142
6143This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
6144section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 6145stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
6146@end ifset
6147
c91d2e08
NC
6148@ifset ELF
6149@node Previous
6150@section @code{.previous}
6151
c1253627 6152@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6153@cindex Section Stack
6154This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
6155@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6156@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
6157(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
6158
6159This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 6160referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 6161@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
6162subsections). For example:
6163
6164@smallexample
6165.section A
6166 .subsection 1
6167 .word 0x1234
6168 .subsection 2
6169 .word 0x5678
6170.previous
6171 .word 0x9abc
6172@end smallexample
6173
6174Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
6175section A. Whilst:
6176
6177@smallexample
6178.section A
6179.subsection 1
6180 # Now in section A subsection 1
6181 .word 0x1234
6182.section B
6183.subsection 0
6184 # Now in section B subsection 0
6185 .word 0x5678
6186.subsection 1
6187 # Now in section B subsection 1
6188 .word 0x9abc
6189.previous
6190 # Now in section B subsection 0
6191 .word 0xdef0
6192@end smallexample
6193
6194Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
6195section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
6196
6197In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
6198the top section on the section stack.
6199@end ifset
6200
252b5132
RH
6201@node Print
6202@section @code{.print @var{string}}
6203
6204@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 6205@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
6206assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
6207
c91d2e08
NC
6208@ifset ELF
6209@node Protected
6210@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
6211
c1253627
NC
6212@cindex @code{protected} directive
6213@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 6214This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 6215@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
6216
6217This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
6218their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
6219@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
6220components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
6221component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 6222this.
c91d2e08
NC
6223@end ifset
6224
252b5132
RH
6225@node Psize
6226@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
6227
6228@cindex @code{psize} directive
6229@cindex listing control: paper size
6230@cindex paper size, for listings
6231Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
6232number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
6233
6234If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
6235of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
6236default width is 200 columns.
6237
a4fb0134 6238@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
6239lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
6240@code{.eject}).
6241
6242If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
6243those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
6244
6245@node Purgem
6246@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
6247
6248@cindex @code{purgem} directive
6249Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
6250expanded. @xref{Macro}.
6251
c91d2e08
NC
6252@ifset ELF
6253@node PushSection
9cfc3331 6254@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 6255
c1253627 6256@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6257@cindex Section Stack
6258This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6259@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
6260@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6261(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6262
e9863d7f
DJ
6263This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
6264top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
6265subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
6266@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
6267as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
6268@end ifset
6269
252b5132
RH
6270@node Quad
6271@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
6272
6273@cindex @code{quad} directive
6274@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
6275each bignum, it emits
6276@ifclear bignum-16
6277an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
6278warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
6279@cindex eight-byte integer
6280@cindex integer, 8-byte
6281
6282The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
6283hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
6284@end ifclear
6285@ifset bignum-16
6286a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
6287warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
6288@cindex sixteen-byte integer
6289@cindex integer, 16-byte
6290@end ifset
6291
05e9452c
AM
6292@node Reloc
6293@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
6294
6295@cindex @code{reloc} directive
6296Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
6297@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
6298the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
6299symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
6300@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
6301absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
6302targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
6303relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
6304section.
6305
252b5132
RH
6306@node Rept
6307@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
6308
6309@cindex @code{rept} directive
6310Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
6311@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
6312
6313For example, assembling
6314
6315@example
6316 .rept 3
6317 .long 0
6318 .endr
6319@end example
6320
6321is equivalent to assembling
6322
6323@example
6324 .long 0
6325 .long 0
6326 .long 0
6327@end example
6328
808811a3
NC
6329A count of zero is allowed, but nothing is generated. Negative counts are not
6330allowed and if encountered will be treated as if they were zero.
6331
252b5132
RH
6332@node Sbttl
6333@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
6334
6335@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
6336@cindex subtitles for listings
6337@cindex listing control: subtitle
6338Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
6339title line) when generating assembly listings.
6340
6341This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6342it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6343
6344@ifset COFF
6345@node Scl
6346@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
6347
6348@cindex @code{scl} directive
6349@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
6350@cindex COFF symbol storage class
6351Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
6352used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
6353whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
6354symbolic debugging information.
252b5132
RH
6355@end ifset
6356
c1253627 6357@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6358@node Section
c1253627 6359@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 6360
252b5132
RH
6361@cindex named section
6362Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
6363named @var{name}.
6364
6365This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
6366named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
6367with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
6368
c1253627
NC
6369@ifset COFF
6370@ifset ELF
6371@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6372@subheading COFF Version
6373@end ifset
6374
6375@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
6376For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
6377ways:
c91d2e08 6378
252b5132
RH
6379@smallexample
6380.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 6381.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
6382@end smallexample
6383
6384If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
6385section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
eda683bb 6386
252b5132
RH
6387@table @code
6388@item b
6389bss section (uninitialized data)
6390@item n
6391section is not loaded
6392@item w
6393writable section
6394@item d
6395data section
70e0ee1a
KT
6396@item e
6397exclude section from linking
252b5132
RH
6398@item r
6399read-only section
6400@item x
6401executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
6402@item s
6403shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
6404@item a
6405ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
6406@item y
6407section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
6408@item 0-9
6409single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
6410@end table
6411
6412If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6413the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
6414loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
6415from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
6416will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
6417
6418If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 6419taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 6420@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6421
6422@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
6423@ifset COFF
6424@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6425@subheading ELF Version
6426@end ifset
6427
c91d2e08
NC
6428@cindex Section Stack
6429This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 6430@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
6431(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
6432@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 6433
c1253627 6434@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 6435For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6436
252b5132 6437@smallexample
7047dd1e 6438.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 6439@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6440
451133ce
NP
6441@anchor{Section Name Substitutions}
6442@kindex --sectname-subst
6443@cindex section name substitution
6444If the @samp{--sectname-subst} command-line option is provided, the @var{name}
6445argument may contain a substitution sequence. Only @code{%S} is supported
6446at the moment, and substitutes the current section name. For example:
6447
6448@smallexample
6449.macro exception_code
6450.section %S.exception
6451[exception code here]
6452.previous
6453.endm
6454
6455.text
6456[code]
6457exception_code
6458[...]
6459
6460.section .init
6461[init code]
6462exception_code
6463[...]
6464@end smallexample
6465
6466The two @code{exception_code} invocations above would create the
6467@code{.text.exception} and @code{.init.exception} sections respectively.
33eaf5de
NC
6468This is useful e.g. to discriminate between ancillary sections that are
6469tied to setup code to be discarded after use from ancillary sections that
451133ce
NP
6470need to stay resident without having to define multiple @code{exception_code}
6471macros just for that purpose.
6472
252b5132 6473The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 6474combination of the following characters:
eda683bb 6475
252b5132
RH
6476@table @code
6477@item a
6478section is allocatable
a91e1603
L
6479@item d
6480section is a GNU_MBIND section
18ae9cc1
L
6481@item e
6482section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
6483@item w
6484section is writable
6485@item x
6486section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
6487@item M
6488section is mergeable
6489@item S
6490section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
6491@item G
6492section is a member of a section group
6493@item T
6494section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
6495@item ?
6496section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
eda683bb 6497@item @code{<number>}
9fb71ee4
NC
6498a numeric value indicating the bits to be set in the ELF section header's flags
6499field. Note - if one or more of the alphabetic characters described above is
6500also included in the flags field, their bit values will be ORed into the
6501resulting value.
eda683bb
NC
6502@item @code{<target specific>}
6503some targets extend this list with their own flag characters
252b5132
RH
6504@end table
6505
9fb71ee4
NC
6506Note - once a section's flags have been set they cannot be changed. There are
6507a few exceptions to this rule however. Processor and application specific
6508flags can be added to an already defined section. The @code{.interp},
6509@code{.strtab} and @code{.symtab} sections can have the allocate flag
6510(@code{a}) set after they are initially defined, and the @code{.note-GNU-stack}
eda683bb 6511section may have the executable (@code{x}) flag added.
9fb71ee4 6512
252b5132 6513The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
eda683bb 6514
252b5132
RH
6515@table @code
6516@item @@progbits
6517section contains data
6518@item @@nobits
6519section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
6520@item @@note
6521section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
6522@item @@init_array
6523section contains an array of pointers to init functions
6524@item @@fini_array
6525section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
6526@item @@preinit_array
6527section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
eda683bb 6528@item @@@code{<number>}
9fb71ee4 6529a numeric value to be set as the ELF section header's type field.
eda683bb 6530@item @@@code{<target specific>}
9fb71ee4 6531some targets extend this list with their own types
252b5132
RH
6532@end table
6533
9fb71ee4
NC
6534Many targets only support the first three section types. The type may be
6535enclosed in double quotes if necessary.
10b016c2 6536
ececec60
NC
6537Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
6538ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
6539@code{%} character.
6540
9fb71ee4
NC
6541Note - some sections, eg @code{.text} and @code{.data} are considered to be
6542special and have fixed types. Any attempt to declare them with a different
6543type will generate an error from the assembler.
6544
22fe14ad 6545If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 6546be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
6547
6548@smallexample
6549.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
6550@end smallexample
6551
6552Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
6553constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
6554@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
6555@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
6556the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
6557absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
6558which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
6559@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
6560@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
6561
6562If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
6563be present along with an additional field like this:
6564
6565@smallexample
6566.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6567@end smallexample
6568
6569The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
6570particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
eda683bb 6571
22fe14ad
NC
6572@table @code
6573@item comdat
6574indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
6575@item .gnu.linkonce
6576an alias for comdat
6577@end table
6578
96e9638b 6579Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
6580the Merge flag should come first, like this:
6581
6582@smallexample
6583.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
6584@end smallexample
ec38dd05 6585
01642c12
RM
6586If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
6587@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
6588present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
6589this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
6590@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
6591If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
6592
252b5132
RH
6593If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
6594the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
6595none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
6596executable. The section will contain data.
6597
6598For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
6599directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 6600
252b5132
RH
6601@smallexample
6602.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
6603@end smallexample
c91d2e08 6604
252b5132
RH
6605Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
6606separated flags:
eda683bb 6607
252b5132
RH
6608@table @code
6609@item #alloc
6610section is allocatable
6611@item #write
6612section is writable
6613@item #execinstr
6614section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
6615@item #exclude
6616section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
6617@item #tls
6618section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 6619@end table
c91d2e08 6620
e9863d7f
DJ
6621This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6622contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6623some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6624work.
c1253627
NC
6625@end ifset
6626@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6627
6628@node Set
6629@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6630
6631@cindex @code{set} directive
6632@cindex symbol value, setting
6633Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6634changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6635@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6636flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6637
5d239759
NC
6638You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly provided that the
6639values given to the symbol are constants. Values that are based on expressions
6640involving other symbols are allowed, but some targets may restrict this to only
6641being done once per assembly. This is because those targets do not set the
6642addresses of symbols at assembly time, but rather delay the assignment until a
6643final link is performed. This allows the linker a chance to change the code in
6644the files, changing the location of, and the relative distance between, various
6645different symbols.
252b5132
RH
6646
6647If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6648file is the last value stored into it.
6649
3c9b82ba
NC
6650@ifset Z80
6651On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6652@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6653@end ifset
6654
252b5132
RH
6655@node Short
6656@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6657
6658@cindex @code{short} directive
6659@ifset GENERIC
6660@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6661@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6662
6663In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6664numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6665@end ifset
6666@ifclear GENERIC
6667@ifset W16
6668@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6669@end ifset
6670@ifset W32
6671This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6672a 16 bit number for each.
6673@end ifset
6674@end ifclear
6675
6676@node Single
6677@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6678
6679@cindex @code{single} directive
6680@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6681This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6682has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6683@ifset GENERIC
6684The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6685@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6686@end ifset
6687@ifclear GENERIC
6688@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6689On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6690numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6691@end ifset
6692@end ifclear
6693
c1253627 6694@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6695@node Size
c1253627 6696@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6697
c1253627
NC
6698This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6699
6700@ifset COFF
6701@ifset ELF
6702@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6703@subheading COFF Version
6704@end ifset
6705
6706@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6707For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6708@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6709
6710@smallexample
6711.size @var{expression}
6712@end smallexample
252b5132 6713
c1253627 6714@end ifset
c91d2e08 6715
c1253627
NC
6716@ifset ELF
6717@ifset COFF
6718@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6719@subheading ELF Version
6720@end ifset
6721
6722@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6723For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6724
c1253627
NC
6725@smallexample
6726.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6727@end smallexample
6728
6729This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6730The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6731arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6732symbols.
c1253627
NC
6733@end ifset
6734@end ifset
252b5132 6735
252b5132
RH
6736@ifclear no-space-dir
6737@node Skip
340d33e5 6738@section @code{.skip @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6739
6740@cindex @code{skip} directive
6741@cindex filling memory
6742This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6743@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6744@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6745@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6746@end ifclear
252b5132 6747
ccf8a69b
BW
6748@node Sleb128
6749@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6750
6751@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6752@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6753compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6754symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6755
884f0d36 6756@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 6757@node Space
340d33e5 6758@section @code{.space @var{size} [,@var{fill}]}
252b5132
RH
6759
6760@cindex @code{space} directive
6761@cindex filling memory
6762This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6763@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6764and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6765as @samp{.skip}.
6766
6767@ifset HPPA
6768@quotation
6769@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6770targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6771Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6772@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6773for a summary.
6774@end quotation
6775@end ifset
6776@end ifclear
6777
252b5132
RH
6778@ifset have-stabs
6779@node Stab
6780@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6781
6782@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6783@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6784There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6785All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6786The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6787cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6788Up to five fields are required:
6789
6790@table @var
6791@item string
6792This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6793@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6794debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6795using this field.
6796
6797@item type
6798An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6799this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6800and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6801
6802@item other
6803An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6804low 8 bits of this expression.
6805
6806@item desc
6807An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6808bits of this expression.
6809
6810@item value
6811An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6812@end table
6813
6814If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6815or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6816you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6817compatible with earlier assemblers!
6818
6819@table @code
6820@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6821@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6822
6823The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6824It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6825null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6826strings.
6827
6828The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6829relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6830is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6831assembled.
6832
6833@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6834@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6835The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6836
6837@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6838@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6839All five fields are specified.
6840@end table
6841@end ifset
6842@c end have-stabs
6843
6844@node String
38a57ae7 6845@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6846"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6847
6848@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6849@cindex string8, copying to object file
6850@cindex string16, copying to object file
6851@cindex string32, copying to object file
6852@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6853@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6854@cindex @code{string8} directive
6855@cindex @code{string16} directive
6856@cindex @code{string32} directive
6857@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6858
6859Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6860one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6861particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6862You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6863
01642c12 6864The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6865the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6866copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6867are stored in target endianness byte order.
6868
6869Example:
6870@smallexample
6871 .string32 "BYE"
6872expands to:
6873 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6874 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6875@end smallexample
6876
6877
252b5132
RH
6878@node Struct
6879@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6880
6881@cindex @code{struct} directive
6882Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6883which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6884@smallexample
6885 .struct 0
6886field1:
6887 .struct field1 + 4
6888field2:
6889 .struct field2 + 4
6890field3:
6891@end smallexample
6892This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6893@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6894value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6895use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6896before further assembly.
6897
c91d2e08
NC
6898@ifset ELF
6899@node SubSection
6900@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6901
c1253627 6902@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6903@cindex Section Stack
6904This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6905@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6906@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6907(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6908
6909This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6910section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6911in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6912@end ifset
6913
252b5132
RH
6914@ifset ELF
6915@node Symver
6916@section @code{.symver}
6917@cindex @code{symver} directive
6918@cindex symbol versioning
6919@cindex versions of symbols
6920Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6921within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6922typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6923There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6924into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6925shared library.
6926
79082ff0 6927For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6928@smallexample
6929.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6930@end smallexample
339681c0 6931If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6932being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6933alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6934just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6935permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6936of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6937itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6938have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6939file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6940function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6941the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6942building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6943symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6944nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6945
6946If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6947references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6948reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6949symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6950
6951Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6952@smallexample
6953.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6954@end smallexample
6955In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6956the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6957difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6958references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6959
6960The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6961@smallexample
6962.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6963@end smallexample
6964When @var{name} is not defined within the
6965file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6966@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6967name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6968@end ifset
6969
6970@ifset COFF
6971@node Tag
6972@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6973
6974@cindex COFF structure debugging
6975@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6976@cindex @code{tag} directive
6977This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6978information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6979@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6980definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
252b5132
RH
6981@end ifset
6982
6983@node Text
6984@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6985
6986@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6987Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6988the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6989expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6990is used.
6991
6992@node Title
6993@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6994
6995@cindex @code{title} directive
6996@cindex listing control: title line
6997Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6998source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6999
7000This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
7001it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
7002
c1253627 7003@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 7004@node Type
c1253627
NC
7005@section @code{.type}
7006
7007This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
7008
7009@ifset COFF
7010@ifset ELF
7011@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7012@subheading COFF Version
7013@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7014
7015@cindex COFF symbol type
7016@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
7017@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
7018For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
7019@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
7020
7021@smallexample
7022.type @var{int}
7023@end smallexample
7024
7025This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
7026entry.
252b5132 7027
c1253627 7028@end ifset
c91d2e08 7029
c1253627
NC
7030@ifset ELF
7031@ifset COFF
7032@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
7033@subheading ELF Version
7034@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7035
7036@cindex ELF symbol type
7037@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
7038@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
7039For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
7040
7041@smallexample
7042.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
7043@end smallexample
7044
7045This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 7046function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 7047supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 7048compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
7049
7050Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
7051@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
7052below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
7053the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
7054maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
7055assemblers.
7056
7057The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
7058
7059@smallexample
5671778d
NC
7060 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
7061 .type <name>,#<type>
7062 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 7063 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
7064 .type <name>,"<type>"
7065@end smallexample
7066
7067The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 7068
5671778d
NC
7069@table @gcctabopt
7070@item STT_FUNC
7071@itemx function
7072Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 7073
d8045f23
NC
7074@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
7075@itemx gnu_indirect_function
7076Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
9c55345c 7077processing. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU systems).
d8045f23 7078
5671778d
NC
7079@item STT_OBJECT
7080@itemx object
7081Mark the symbol as being a data object.
7082
7083@item STT_TLS
7084@itemx tls_object
33eaf5de 7085Mark the symbol as being a thread-local data object.
5671778d
NC
7086
7087@item STT_COMMON
7088@itemx common
7089Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
7090
7091@item STT_NOTYPE
7092@itemx notype
7093Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
7094
3e7a7d11
NC
7095@item gnu_unique_object
7096Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
7097will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
9c55345c
TS
7098name and type in use. (This is only supported on assemblers targeting GNU
7099systems).
3e7a7d11 7100
5671778d
NC
7101@end table
7102
7103Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 7104
c1253627
NC
7105@end ifset
7106@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
7107
7108@node Uleb128
7109@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
7110
7111@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 7112@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 7113compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 7114symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
7115
7116@ifset COFF
7117@node Val
7118@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
7119
7120@cindex @code{val} directive
7121@cindex COFF value attribute
7122@cindex value attribute, COFF
7123This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
7124records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
7125entry.
252b5132
RH
7126@end ifset
7127
2e13b764 7128@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
7129@node Version
7130@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 7131
c1253627 7132@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7133This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
7134formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 7135@end ifset
2e13b764 7136
c91d2e08
NC
7137@ifset ELF
7138@node VTableEntry
7139@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 7140
653cfe85 7141@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7142This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
7143@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 7144
c91d2e08
NC
7145@node VTableInherit
7146@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 7147
653cfe85 7148@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
7149This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
7150@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 7151parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 7152parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 7153@end ifset
2e13b764 7154
d190d046
HPN
7155@node Warning
7156@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
7157@cindex warning directive
7158Similar to the directive @code{.error}
7159(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
7160
c91d2e08
NC
7161@node Weak
7162@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 7163
c1253627 7164@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 7165This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 7166@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 7167
01642c12 7168On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 7169directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
7170@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
7171
977cdf5a 7172On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 7173When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 7174alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 7175
06e77878
AO
7176@node Weakref
7177@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
7178
7179@cindex @code{weakref} directive
7180This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
7181be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
7182If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
7183will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
7184symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
7185
7186The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
7187assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
7188symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
7189resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
7190had the references to the alias removed.
7191
7192The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
7193within the assembler.
7194
252b5132
RH
7195@node Word
7196@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
7197
7198@cindex @code{word} directive
7199This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
7200separated by commas.
7201@ifclear GENERIC
7202@ifset W32
a4fb0134 7203For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7204@end ifset
7205@ifset W16
a4fb0134 7206For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
7207@end ifset
7208@end ifclear
7209@ifset GENERIC
7210
7211The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
7212depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
7213@end ifset
7214
a8eb42a8 7215@c on sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
252b5132
RH
7216@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
7217@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7218@cindex difference tables altered
7219@cindex altered difference tables
7220@quotation
7221@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
7222@end quotation
7223
7224@ifset GENERIC
7225Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
7226addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
7227interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
7228@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
7229
7230@end ifset
7231In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 7232@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 7233Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 7234compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 7235directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 7236@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
7237creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
7238This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
7239first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
7240of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
7241table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
7242contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
7243@code{sym2}.
7244
7245If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
7246secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
7247@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
7248long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
7249and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
7250minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
7251entries in the original jump table as necessary.
7252
7253@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 7254@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
7255@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
7256assembly language programmers.
7257@end ifset
7258@end ifset
7259@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
7260
7ce98c16
NC
7261@ifclear no-space-dir
7262@node Zero
7263@section @code{.zero @var{size}}
7264
7265@cindex @code{zero} directive
7266@cindex filling memory with zero bytes
7267This directive emits @var{size} 0-valued bytes. @var{size} must be an absolute
7268expression. This directive is actually an alias for the @samp{.skip} directive
7269so in can take an optional second argument of the value to store in the bytes
7270instead of zero. Using @samp{.zero} in this way would be confusing however.
7271@end ifclear
7272
2b841ec2
AM
7273@ifset ELF
7274@node 2byte
ea86f534 7275@section @code{.2byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7276@cindex @code{2byte} directive
7277@cindex two-byte integer
7278@cindex integer, 2-byte
2b841ec2 7279
e406e428
NC
7280This directive expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas. If there
7281are no expressions then the directive does nothing. Otherwise each expression
7282is evaluated in turn and placed in the next two bytes of the current output
7283section, using the endian model of the target. If an expression will not fit
7284in two bytes, a warning message is displayed and the least significant two
7285bytes of the expression's value are used. If an expression cannot be evaluated
7286at assembly time then relocations will be generated in order to compute the
7287value at link time.
7288
7289This directive does not apply any alignment before or after inserting the
7290values. As a result of this, if relocations are generated, they may be
7291different from those used for inserting values with a guaranteed alignment.
7292
8b1e5da1 7293This directive is only available for ELF targets,
2b841ec2
AM
7294
7295@node 4byte
ea86f534 7296@section @code{.4byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7297@cindex @code{4byte} directive
7298@cindex four-byte integer
7299@cindex integer, 4-byte
2b841ec2 7300
e406e428
NC
7301Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, four byte
7302long values into the output.
2b841ec2
AM
7303
7304@node 8byte
ea86f534 7305@section @code{.8byte @var{expression} [, @var{expression}]*}
2b841ec2
AM
7306@cindex @code{8byte} directive
7307@cindex eight-byte integer
7308@cindex integer, 8-byte
2b841ec2 7309
e21126b7 7310Like the @option{.2byte} directive, except that it inserts unaligned, eight
e406e428
NC
7311byte long bignum values into the output.
7312
2b841ec2
AM
7313@end ifset
7314
252b5132
RH
7315@node Deprecated
7316@section Deprecated Directives
7317
7318@cindex deprecated directives
7319@cindex obsolescent directives
7320One day these directives won't work.
7321They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
7322@table @t
7323@item .abort
7324@item .line
7325@end table
7326
3a99f02f
DJ
7327@ifset ELF
7328@node Object Attributes
7329@chapter Object Attributes
7330@cindex object attributes
7331
7332@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
7333into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
7334Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
7335point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
7336requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
7337passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
7338hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
7339generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
7340newer generation at run-time.
7341
7342This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
7343@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
7344time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
7345correctly.
7346
7347Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
7348attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
7349string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
7350and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
7351or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
7352attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
7353
7354Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
7355The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
7356
7357@menu
7358* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7359* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
7360@end menu
7361
7362@node GNU Object Attributes
7363@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
7364
7365The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
7366with vendor @samp{gnu}.
7367
7368Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
7369its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
7370an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
73712} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
7372architecture-dependent ones.
7373
7374@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
7375
7376These attributes are valid on all architectures.
7377
7378@table @r
7379@item Tag_compatibility (32)
7380The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
7381the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
7382then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
7383than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
7384arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
7385@end table
7386
7387@subsection MIPS Attributes
7388
7389@table @r
7390@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
7391The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7392
7393@itemize @bullet
7394@item
73950 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7396@item
f179c512
MF
73971 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a standard
7398double-precision FPU.
3a99f02f
DJ
7399@item
74002 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
7401@item
74023 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a 7403@item
f179c512
MF
74044 for files using the deprecated hardware floating-point ABI which used 64-bit
7405floating-point registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and increased the
7406number of callee-saved floating-point registers.
7407@item
74085 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a double-precision FPU
7409with either 32-bit or 64-bit floating-point registers and 32-bit
7410general-purpose registers.
7411@item
74126 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7413registers and 32-bit general-purpose registers.
7414@item
74157 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit floating-point
7416registers, 32-bit general-purpose registers and a rule that forbids the
7417direct use of odd-numbered single-precision floating-point registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
7418@end itemize
7419@end table
7420
7421@subsection PowerPC Attributes
7422
7423@table @r
7424@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
7425The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7426
7427@itemize @bullet
7428@item
74290 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
7430@item
3c7b9897 74311 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7432@item
74332 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
7434@item
74353 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
7436@end itemize
7437
7438@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
7439The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7440
7441@itemize @bullet
7442@item
74430 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7444@item
74451 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
7446@item
74472 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
7448@item
74493 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
7450@end itemize
7451@end table
7452
643f7afb
AK
7453@subsection IBM z Systems Attributes
7454
7455@table @r
7456@item Tag_GNU_S390_ABI_Vector (8)
7457The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
7458
7459@itemize @bullet
7460@item
74610 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
7462@item
74631 for files using software vector ABI.
7464@item
74652 for files using hardware vector ABI.
7466@end itemize
7467@end table
7468
3a99f02f
DJ
7469@node Defining New Object Attributes
7470@section Defining New Object Attributes
7471
7472If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
7473will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
7474mailing list.
7475
7476@itemize @bullet
7477@item
7478This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
7479@item
7480The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
7481@item
7482The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
7483and issue any appropriate link warnings.
7484@item
7485Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
7486@item
7487@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
7488@item
7489GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
7490@end itemize
7491
7492@end ifset
7493
252b5132
RH
7494@ifset GENERIC
7495@node Machine Dependencies
7496@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7497
7498@cindex machine dependencies
7499The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
7500each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
7501vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
7502directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
7503assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 7504@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
7505optimization.
7506
7507This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
7508include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
7509subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
7510
7511@menu
a06ea964
NC
7512@ifset AARCH64
7513* AArch64-Dependent:: AArch64 Dependent Features
7514@end ifset
625e1353
RH
7515@ifset ALPHA
7516* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
7517@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7518@ifset ARC
7519* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
7520@end ifset
7521@ifset ARM
7522* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
7523@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
7524@ifset AVR
7525* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
7526@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
7527@ifset Blackfin
7528* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 7529@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
7530@ifset CR16
7531* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
7532@end ifset
8bf549a8 7533@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
7534* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
7535@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7536@ifset D10V
7537* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
7538@end ifset
7539@ifset D30V
7540* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
7541@end ifset
cfb8c092
NC
7542@ifset EPIPHANY
7543* Epiphany-Dependent:: EPIPHANY Dependent Features
7544@end ifset
252b5132 7545@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 7546* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 7547@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7548@ifset HPPA
7549* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
7550@end ifset
7551@ifset I80386
55b62671 7552* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 7553@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
7554@ifset IA64
7555* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
7556@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
7557@ifset IP2K
7558* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
7559@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
7560@ifset LM32
7561* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
7562@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
7563@ifset M32C
7564* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
7565@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
7566@ifset M32R
7567* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
7568@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7569@ifset M680X0
7570* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
7571@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
7572@ifset M68HC11
7573* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
7574@end ifset
7b4ae824
JD
7575@ifset S12Z
7576* S12Z-Dependent:: S12Z Dependent Features
7577@end ifset
a3c62988
NC
7578@ifset METAG
7579* Meta-Dependent :: Meta Dependent Features
7580@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
7581@ifset MICROBLAZE
7582* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
7583@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7584@ifset MIPS
7585* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
7586@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
7587@ifset MMIX
7588* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
7589@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
7590@ifset MSP430
7591* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
7592@end ifset
35c08157
KLC
7593@ifset NDS32
7594* NDS32-Dependent:: Andes NDS32 Dependent Features
7595@end ifset
36591ba1
SL
7596@ifset NIOSII
7597* NiosII-Dependent:: Altera Nios II Dependent Features
7598@end ifset
7c31ae13
NC
7599@ifset NS32K
7600* NS32K-Dependent:: NS32K Dependent Features
7601@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
7602@ifset PDP11
7603* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
7604@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
7605@ifset PJ
7606* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
7607@end ifset
418c1742
MG
7608@ifset PPC
7609* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
7610@end ifset
93f11b16
DD
7611@ifset PRU
7612* PRU-Dependent:: PRU Dependent Features
7613@end ifset
4f7eddc4
PD
7614@ifset RISCV
7615* RISC-V-Dependent:: RISC-V Dependent Features
7616@end ifset
b57e49f7
JW
7617@ifset RL78
7618* RL78-Dependent:: RL78 Dependent Features
7619@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
7620@ifset RX
7621* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
7622@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
7623@ifset S390
7624* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
7625@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
7626@ifset SCORE
7627* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
7628@end ifset
d3b47e2b
L
7629@ifset SH
7630* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
d3b47e2b 7631@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7632@ifset SPARC
7633* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
7634@end ifset
39bec121
TW
7635@ifset TIC54X
7636* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
7637@end ifset
40b36596
JM
7638@ifset TIC6X
7639* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
7640@end ifset
aa137e4d
NC
7641@ifset TILEGX
7642* TILE-Gx-Dependent :: Tilera TILE-Gx Dependent Features
7643@end ifset
7644@ifset TILEPRO
7645* TILEPro-Dependent :: Tilera TILEPro Dependent Features
7646@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7647@ifset V850
7648* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
7649@end ifset
b6605ddd
EB
7650@ifset VAX
7651* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
7652@end ifset
7653@ifset VISIUM
7654* Visium-Dependent:: Visium Dependent Features
7655@end ifset
f96bd6c2
PC
7656@ifset WASM32
7657* WebAssembly-Dependent:: WebAssembly Dependent Features
7658@end ifset
f6c1a2d5 7659@ifset XGATE
f96bd6c2 7660* XGATE-Dependent:: XGATE Dependent Features
f6c1a2d5 7661@end ifset
6753e72f
NC
7662@ifset XSTORMY16
7663* XSTORMY16-Dependent:: XStormy16 Dependent Features
7664@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
7665@ifset XTENSA
7666* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
7667@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
7668@ifset Z80
7669* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
7670@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7671@ifset Z8000
7672* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
7673@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7674@end menu
7675
7676@lowersections
7677@end ifset
7678
7679@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
7680@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
7681@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
7682@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
7683@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
7684@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
7685@c in both conditional blocks.
7686
a06ea964
NC
7687@ifset AARCH64
7688@include c-aarch64.texi
7689@end ifset
7690
625e1353
RH
7691@ifset ALPHA
7692@include c-alpha.texi
7693@end ifset
7694
7695@ifset ARC
7696@include c-arc.texi
7697@end ifset
7698
252b5132
RH
7699@ifset ARM
7700@include c-arm.texi
7701@end ifset
7702
8473f7a4
DC
7703@ifset AVR
7704@include c-avr.texi
7705@end ifset
7706
3b4e1885 7707@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
7708@include c-bfin.texi
7709@end ifset
7710
3d3d428f
NC
7711@ifset CR16
7712@include c-cr16.texi
7713@end ifset
7714
328eb32e
HPN
7715@ifset CRIS
7716@include c-cris.texi
7717@end ifset
7718
c2dcd04e 7719@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
7720@ifclear GENERIC
7721@node Machine Dependencies
7722@chapter Machine Dependent Features
7723
c2dcd04e 7724The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 7725and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 7726chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
7727family.
7728
7729@menu
c2dcd04e 7730* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7731* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7732@end menu
7733@lowersections
7734@end ifclear
7735@end ifset
7736
7737@ifset D10V
7738@include c-d10v.texi
7739@end ifset
7740
7741@ifset D30V
7742@include c-d30v.texi
7743@end ifset
7744
cfb8c092
NC
7745@ifset EPIPHANY
7746@include c-epiphany.texi
7747@end ifset
7748
252b5132
RH
7749@ifset H8/300
7750@include c-h8300.texi
7751@end ifset
7752
252b5132
RH
7753@ifset HPPA
7754@include c-hppa.texi
7755@end ifset
7756
7757@ifset I80386
7758@include c-i386.texi
7759@end ifset
7760
9e32ca89
NC
7761@ifset IA64
7762@include c-ia64.texi
7763@end ifset
7764
a40cbfa3
NC
7765@ifset IP2K
7766@include c-ip2k.texi
7767@end ifset
7768
84e94c90
NC
7769@ifset LM32
7770@include c-lm32.texi
7771@end ifset
7772
49f58d10
JB
7773@ifset M32C
7774@include c-m32c.texi
7775@end ifset
7776
ec694b89
NC
7777@ifset M32R
7778@include c-m32r.texi
7779@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7780
7781@ifset M680X0
7782@include c-m68k.texi
7783@end ifset
7784
60bcf0fa
NC
7785@ifset M68HC11
7786@include c-m68hc11.texi
7787@end ifset
7788
7b4ae824
JD
7789@ifset S12Z
7790@include c-s12z.texi
7791@end ifset
7792
a3c62988
NC
7793@ifset METAG
7794@include c-metag.texi
7795@end ifset
7796
01642c12 7797@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7798@include c-microblaze.texi
7799@end ifset
7800
252b5132
RH
7801@ifset MIPS
7802@include c-mips.texi
7803@end ifset
7804
3c3bdf30
NC
7805@ifset MMIX
7806@include c-mmix.texi
7807@end ifset
7808
2469cfa2
NC
7809@ifset MSP430
7810@include c-msp430.texi
7811@end ifset
7812
35c08157
KLC
7813@ifset NDS32
7814@include c-nds32.texi
7815@end ifset
7816
36591ba1
SL
7817@ifset NIOSII
7818@include c-nios2.texi
7819@end ifset
7820
252b5132
RH
7821@ifset NS32K
7822@include c-ns32k.texi
7823@end ifset
7824
e135f41b
NC
7825@ifset PDP11
7826@include c-pdp11.texi
7827@end ifset
7828
041dd5a9
ILT
7829@ifset PJ
7830@include c-pj.texi
7831@end ifset
7832
418c1742
MG
7833@ifset PPC
7834@include c-ppc.texi
7835@end ifset
7836
93f11b16
DD
7837@ifset PRU
7838@include c-pru.texi
7839@end ifset
7840
4f7eddc4
PD
7841@ifset RISCV
7842@include c-riscv.texi
7843@end ifset
7844
b57e49f7
JW
7845@ifset RL78
7846@include c-rl78.texi
7847@end ifset
7848
046d31c2
NC
7849@ifset RX
7850@include c-rx.texi
7851@end ifset
7852
11c19e16
MS
7853@ifset S390
7854@include c-s390.texi
7855@end ifset
7856
c0157db4
NC
7857@ifset SCORE
7858@include c-score.texi
7859@end ifset
7860
252b5132
RH
7861@ifset SH
7862@include c-sh.texi
7863@end ifset
7864
7865@ifset SPARC
7866@include c-sparc.texi
7867@end ifset
7868
39bec121
TW
7869@ifset TIC54X
7870@include c-tic54x.texi
7871@end ifset
7872
40b36596
JM
7873@ifset TIC6X
7874@include c-tic6x.texi
7875@end ifset
7876
aa137e4d
NC
7877@ifset TILEGX
7878@include c-tilegx.texi
7879@end ifset
7880
7881@ifset TILEPRO
7882@include c-tilepro.texi
7883@end ifset
7884
b6605ddd
EB
7885@ifset V850
7886@include c-v850.texi
252b5132
RH
7887@end ifset
7888
7889@ifset VAX
7890@include c-vax.texi
7891@end ifset
7892
b6605ddd
EB
7893@ifset VISIUM
7894@include c-visium.texi
252b5132
RH
7895@end ifset
7896
f96bd6c2
PC
7897@ifset WASM32
7898@include c-wasm32.texi
7899@end ifset
7900
f6c1a2d5
NC
7901@ifset XGATE
7902@include c-xgate.texi
7903@end ifset
7904
6753e72f
NC
7905@ifset XSTORMY16
7906@include c-xstormy16.texi
7907@end ifset
7908
e0001a05
NC
7909@ifset XTENSA
7910@include c-xtensa.texi
7911@end ifset
7912
b6605ddd
EB
7913@ifset Z80
7914@include c-z80.texi
7915@end ifset
7916
7917@ifset Z8000
7918@include c-z8k.texi
7919@end ifset
7920
252b5132
RH
7921@ifset GENERIC
7922@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7923@raisesections
7924@end ifset
7925
7926@node Reporting Bugs
7927@chapter Reporting Bugs
7928@cindex bugs in assembler
7929@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7930
a4fb0134 7931Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7932
7933Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7934not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7935entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7936Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7937
7938In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7939information that enables us to fix the bug.
7940
7941@menu
7942* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7943* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7944@end menu
7945
7946@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7947@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7948@cindex bug criteria
7949
7950If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7951
7952@itemize @bullet
7953@cindex fatal signal
7954@cindex assembler crash
7955@cindex crash of assembler
7956@item
7957If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7958@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7959
7960@cindex error on valid input
7961@item
a4fb0134 7962If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7963
7964@cindex invalid input
7965@item
a4fb0134 7966If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7967is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7968be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7969
7970@item
7971If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7972of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7973@end itemize
7974
7975@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7976@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7977@cindex bug reports
7978@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7979
7980A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7981you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7982contact that organization first.
7983
7984You can find contact information for many support companies and
7985individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7986distribution.
7987
ad22bfe8 7988@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7989In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7990to @value{BUGURL}.
7991@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7992
7993The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7994@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7995fact or leave it out, state it!
7996
7997Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7998and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7999name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
8000not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
8001happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
8002perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
8003the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
8004give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
8005and the most helpful.
8006
8007Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
8008it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
8009that the bug has not been reported previously.
8010
8011Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
8012bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
8013respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
8014You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
8015
8016To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
8017
8018@itemize @bullet
8019@item
a4fb0134 8020The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
8021it with the @samp{--version} argument.
8022
8023Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 8024the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
8025
8026@item
a4fb0134 8027Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
8028
8029@item
8030The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
8031version number.
8032
8033@item
a4fb0134 8034What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
8035``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
8036
8037@item
8038The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
8039observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
8040all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
8041
8042If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
8043and then we might not encounter the bug.
8044
8045@item
8046A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
8047the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
8048high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
8049when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
8050the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
8051file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 8052@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
8053
8054@item
8055A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
8056incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
8057
a4fb0134 8058Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
8059will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
8060notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
8061make a mistake.
8062
8063Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
8064explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 8065@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
8066library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
8067would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
8068would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
8069expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
8070observations.
8071
8072@item
a4fb0134 8073If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
8074diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
8075option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 8076discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
8077by line number.
8078
8079The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
8080sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
8081@end itemize
8082
8083Here are some things that are not necessary:
8084
8085@itemize @bullet
8086@item
8087A description of the envelope of the bug.
8088
8089Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
8090which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
8091changes will not affect it.
8092
8093This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
8094will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
8095with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
8096We recommend that you save your time for something else.
8097
8098Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
8099of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
8100output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
8101less time, and so on.
8102
8103However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
8104report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
8105
8106@item
8107A patch for the bug.
8108
8109A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
8110the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
8111a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
8112to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
8113
a4fb0134 8114Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
8115construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
8116the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
8117one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
8118
8119And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
8120patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
8121help us to understand.
8122
8123@item
8124A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
8125
8126Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
8127things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
8128@end itemize
8129
8130@node Acknowledgements
8131@chapter Acknowledgements
8132
653cfe85 8133If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 8134it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12 8135maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
3bfcb652
NC
8136@c (October 2012),
8137the maintainer is Nick Clifton (email address @code{nickc@@redhat.com}).
252b5132
RH
8138
8139Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
8140more details?}
8141
8142Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
8143information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
8144extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
8145
8146K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
8147many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
8148up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
8149testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
8150including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
8151and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
8152support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
8153port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
8154file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
8155assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
8156
8157Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
8158in format-specific I/O modules.
8159
8160The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
8161has done much work with it since.
8162
8163The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
8164
8165Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
8166
8167The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
8168University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
8169
8170Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
8171(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
8172(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
8173support a.out format.
8174
7be1c489
AM
8175Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
8176tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
8177Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
8178use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
8179targets.
8180
8181John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
8182simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
8183updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 8184fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
8185remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
8186cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
8187required the proverbial one-bit fix.
8188
8189Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
819068k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
8191added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
8192PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
8193
653cfe85 8194Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
8195
8196Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
8197
8198Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
8199along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
8200formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
8201the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
8202
8203Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
8204Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
8205Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
8206Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
8207and some initial 64-bit support).
8208
c1253627 8209Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 8210
252b5132
RH
8211Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
8212support for openVMS/Alpha.
8213
39bec121
TW
8214Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
8215flavors.
8216
e0001a05 8217David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 8218Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 8219
252b5132
RH
8220Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
8221configuration enhancements.
8222
84e94c90
NC
8223Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
8224
252b5132
RH
8225Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
8226you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
8227want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
8228intentionally leaving anyone out.
8229
793c5807
NC
8230@node GNU Free Documentation License
8231@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 8232@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 8233
370b66a1
CD
8234@node AS Index
8235@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
8236
8237@printindex cp
8238
252b5132
RH
8239@bye
8240@c Local Variables:
8241@c fill-column: 79
8242@c End:
This page took 2.175454 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.